96666666

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

For the transition period from             to

Commission file number:File Number 000-52024

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

20-2463898

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

5818 El1950 Camino Real,Vida Roble, Carlsbad,

California

 

92008

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(760) 431-9286

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

ATEC

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

  Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

 

 

  Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262 (b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (without admitting that any person whose shares are not included in such calculation is an affiliate) computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2017)2021), was approximately $24.2 million.$1.0 billion.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of March 9, 2018February 24, 2022 was 25,471,200 .99,786,612.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by reference into the following parts of this Form 10-K: Certain information required in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 20182022 Annual Meeting of Stockholder.Stockholders.

 

Auditor Firm Id:

34

Auditor Name:

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Auditor Location:

New York, New York, United States

 

 


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM 10-K—ANNUAL REPORT

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 20172021

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

12

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

1525

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

39

Item 2.

 

Properties

3940

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

3940

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

3940

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

4041

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial DataReserved

4041

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4142

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

53

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

53

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

53

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

5453

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

54

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

54

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

5655

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

5655

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

5655

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

5655

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

5655

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

5756

 

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Alphatec Holdings” and “Alphatec” mean Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and, our subsidiaries and their subsidiaries. “Alphatec Spine” refers to our wholly-owned operating subsidiary Alphatec Spine, Inc. “Scient’x”“SafeOp” refers to our wholly owned operating affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S., which is wholly-owned by several ofsubsidiary SafeOp Surgical, Inc. “EOS” refers to our subsidiaries, and Scient’x’s subsidiaries.wholly owned operating subsidiary EOS imaging S.A.

 

 

 


Table of ContentsPART

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our "Business" set forth in Item 1, the "Risk Factors" set forth in this Item 1A and our "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" set forth in Item 7 contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including statements regarding:

Item 1.

Business

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements, uses and sources of cash and liquidity, including our anticipated revenue growth and cost savings;

our ability to ensure that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures;

our ability to meet, and potential liability from not meeting, the payment obligations under the Orthotec settlement agreement;

our ability to maintain compliance with the quality requirements of the FDA;

our ability to market, improve, grow, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of any of our products or any product candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future;

our beliefs about the features, strengths and benefits of our products;

our ability to continue to enhance our product offerings, outsource our manufacturing operations and expand the commercialization of our products, and the effect of our strategy;

our ability to successfully integrate, and realize benefits from licenses and acquisitions;

the effect of any existing or future federal, state or international regulations on our ability to effectively conduct our business;

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our products;

our business strategy and our underlying assumptions about market data, demographic trends, reimbursement trends and pricing trends;

our ability to achieve profitability, and the potential need to raise additional funding;

our ability to maintain an adequate sales network for our products, including to attract and retain independent distributors;

our ability to enhance our U.S. distribution network;

our ability to increase the use and promotion of our products by training and educating spine surgeons and our sales network;

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team, as well as other qualified personnel and advisors;

our ability to enter into licensing and business combination agreements with third parties and to successfully integrate the acquired technology and/or businesses;

other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be important in determining future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual future results may vary materially from expected results.

1


Table of Contents

We also provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed there could also adversely affect us.

Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “seek,” “intend,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors set forth under “Item 1A Risk Factors.” In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein represent our estimate only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimate as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.

Item 1.Business

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, and advancement of productstechnology for better surgical treatment of spinal disorders. OurThrough our wholly owned subsidiaries, Alphatec Spine, Inc., SafeOp Surgical, Inc. and EOS imaging S.A., our mission is to becomerevolutionize the most respected, fastest growing U.S. spine company, by providing innovative,approach to spine surgery solutions through clinical distinction. We are focused on developing new approaches that integrate seamlessly with our relentless pursuitexpanding Alpha InformatiX product platform to better inform surgery and to achieve the goal of superior outcomes.spine surgery more safely and reproducibly. We have a broad product portfolio capabledesigned to address the spine’s various pathologies. Our ultimate vision is to be the standard bearer in spine.

In 2018, we embarked on a business transformation, replacing 100% of addressing the majorityexecutive team, 90% of our Board of Directors, and over 65% of the remaining team with spine-experienced professionals.  Efforts that year founded our Organic Innovation Machine, our in-house product design, development and testing capabilities aimed at the creation of clinical distinction, and furthered the strategic transition of our sales force to a more dedicated and clinically astute team.  Since 2018, we believe that we have achieved the highest organic U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions.  We intend to drive growth of any public spine company in every quarter by exploiting our unmatchedcapitalizing on the collective spine experience that we have amassed and by investing in the research and development to continually differentiate our solutionsbring to market differentiated products and improveprocedures designed to better meet the requirements of spine surgery.

Revenue from products and services was $242.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing an increase of $101.2 million, or 72% compared to $141.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.  We believe our future success will continue to be fueled by introducing market-shifting innovation to the spine market,introduction and we believetraction of the distinct products and procedures that we have developed and that we are exceptionally well-positioned to capitalize on current spine market dynamics.

Recent Developments

0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2026

In August 2021, we issued $316.3 million principal amount of unsecured senior convertible notes with a stated interest rate of 0.75% (the “2026 Notes”). Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2022. The 2026 Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock based upon an initial conversion rate of 54.5316 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2026 Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $18.34 per share). The initial conversion price of the 2026 Notes represents a premium of approximately 100% over the closing price of our common stock on August 5, 2021, the date the 2026 Notes offering was priced. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2026 Notes were approximately $306.2 million after deducting the offering expenses. The 2026 Notes will mature on August 1, 2026, unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased.

 

Between late 2017 and today, we have assembled a spine-experienced team that we believe can execute our vision for long-term growth, including the recent appointments2


Table of Patrick Miles as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Dr. Luiz Pimenta as our Chief Medical Officer; Lance DeNardin as Area Vice President, West; Michael Dendinger as Vice President of Operations; Scott Lish as Vice President of Development; Dr. Richard O’Brien as Chief Medical Officer, SafeOp Surgical; Robert Snow as Chief Marketing Officer, SafeOp Surgical; Chris Brown as Vice President, Sales, SafeOp Surgical. Collectively, the Alphatec executive leadership team has over 150 years of combined spine-experience.Contents

 

We have also reconstituted our Board of Directors since late 2016, adding significant spine industry and capital markets expertise.

Recent Developments

On March 8, 2018, we announced the acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc., or SafeOp.  SafeOp was a privately-held provider of neuromonitoring technology designed to enable effective intra-operative nerve health assessment.  With the full integration of SafeOp’s technology, we expect to be able to introduce an unprecedented level of neuromonitoring and intraoperative nerve safety to the spine market in early 2019.  SafeOp’s patented technology has been designed to enable both nerve avoidance and nerve health assessment to prevent the risk of nerve injury that is widely associated with direct lateral spine fusion surgery. 

On March 8, 2018, we completed a $39.7 million first close of a $45.2 million private placement of our securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors and executive officers of the Company.  The second close of the private placement is expected to occur within five business days.  The private placement was led by L-5 Healthcare Partners, an institutional investor, and provides for the sale by the Company of approximately 14.3 shares of newly created Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which are automatically convertible into approximately 14.3 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), upon approval by Alphatec’s stockholders, as required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Purchasers also received warrants to purchase up to approximately 12.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  In addition, the Company entered into an agreement with Armistice Capital, an existing investor, to exercise 2.4 million warrants to purchase common shares for gross proceeds of $4.8 million in exchange for warrants to purchase up to 1,800,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  The new warrants will be exercisable following approval by Alphatec stockholders, and will expire 5 years from the date of such stockholder approval.  Certain directors and executive officers of Alphatec agreed to purchase an aggregate of $6.4 million of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible into approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), and warrants to purchase up to 1.7 million shares of common stock at a price of $3.50 per share.  We paid $15used $39.9 million of the net proceeds from the private placement fund2026 Notes offering to enter into separate capped call instruments with certain financial institutions (the “Capped Call Transactions”). The Capped Call Transactions are generally expected to reduce potential dilution to our common stock beyond the cash purchaseconversion price up to the capped price on any conversion of the 2026 Notes and/or offset any payments we make in excess of the principal amount upon conversion.

In addition, we repurchased 1,806,358 shares of our common stock for SafeOp,approximately $25.0 million concurrently with the issuance of the 2026 Notes. We also used approximately $53.4 million of the net proceeds to repay all obligations under our secured term loan with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC (the “Term Loan”) and willour inventory finance agreement with an inventory supplier (the “Inventory Financing Agreement”). We intend to use the remainingremainder of the net proceeds from the 2026 Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes, includingpurposes.

Acquisition of EOS

On May 13, 2021, we acquired a controlling interest in EOS imaging S.A. (“EOS”), pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) we entered on December 16, 2020, and in June 2021, we purchased the remaining issued and outstanding ordinary shares for a 100% interest in EOS. EOS, which now operates as our wholly owned subsidiary, is a global medical device company that designs, develops and markets innovative, low-dose 2D/3D full-body scans for biplanar weight-bearing imaging, rapid 3D modeling of EOS patient X-ray images, web-based patient-specific surgical planning, and the integration of next-generation neuromonitoring solutions, advancementsurgical plan into the operating room. We plan to integrate this technology into our Alpha InformatiX product platform to inform the entire spectrum of our product pipeline,care from diagnosis to follow-up and investmentbetter achieve alignment objectives in spine surgery, the greatest correlative to long-term successful outcomes1.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have seen volatility in sales trends as the elective surgeries that employ our products and marketingservices have been impacted to expandvarying degrees.

We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our market presence.business and recognize it may continue to negatively impact our business and results of operations during 2022 and beyond. Given the present uncertainty surrounding the pandemic, we expect continued volatility through at least the remaining duration of the pandemic as the impact on individual markets and responses to conditions by international, state and local governments varies. 

Strategy

Our goalvision is to becomebe the most respected, fastest growingstandard bearer in spine. By leveraging our team’s extensive spine player by pioneering meaningful innovation.  With our new spine-experienced leadership team, and the high-performance cultureexperience to create clinically distinct solutions that improve surgical outcomes, we believe that we are creating,positioned to take a greater share of the U.S. spine market, becoming the partner of choice for spine surgeons, hospitals, healthcare systems, and payors.

To achieve our vision and build long-term value, we intendcontinue to advance Alphatec from an implant manufacturerprioritize the following vital initiatives:

Create Clinical Distinction

We are committed to athe development, launch, and promotion of technologies intended to improve spine solutions architect via two key principals:surgery. We have developed, and continue to seek to develop, next-generation access systems, implants, biologics, and enabling technologies that integrate seamlessly and beget objective decision-making to successfully address the core spine pathologies, regardless of surgical approach.

 

1.1

Proceduralization.  We are determined to design complete surgical solutions that address unmet clinical needsYeh, Kuang-Ting MD, PhD; Lee, Ru-Ping RN, PhD; Chen, Ing-Ho MD; Yu, Tzai-Chiu MD; Liu, Kuan-Lin MD, PhD; Peng, Cheng-Huan MD, Wang, Jen-Hung MD; Wu, Wen-Tien MD, PhD. October 2018. Correlation of Functional Outcomes and improve clinical outcomes by \integrating Alphatec products and technologies to treat specific pathologies.Sagittal Alignment After Long Instrumented Fusion for Degenerative Thoracolumbar Spinal Disease. Spine: Volume 43, Issue 19.

 

2.

Speed to Market.  We intend to build on proven team expertise to expedite product development by enhancing Alphatec’s innovative dexterity and unique market strategy and accelerating the commercial launch of our innovative product pipeline. To achieve our vision, we are committed to attracting, engaging, and retaining the best talent in the industry, and we are prioritizing the following initiatives:

13


Table of Contents

We continue to make investments to advance the clinical distinction of our product portfolio and accelerate revenue growth. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we launched a total of 10 new products and procedures and began to integrate EOS imaging technology into our Alpha InformatiX product platform. Our comprehensive portfolio now offers over 80 products across various product categories, of which roughly 40 were launched between July 2018 and December 2021.

With the expansion of our product portfolio, we continue to drive year-over-year increases in revenue contributions from new products, increases in product categories used per surgery, average revenue per surgery, and revenue per surgeon. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the percentage of revenue contribution from new products was 82%, compared to 67% in the prior year. Aggregate product categories used per surgery expanded to 2.0 for the full-year 2021, compared to 1.8 in the prior year.  

Looking to 2022 and beyond, we intend to continue to be a pioneer of industry innovation. As such, we expect growth will continue to be driven by new technologies that improve the reproducibility and predictability of surgery, expanding surgeon adoption of our procedures and increasing the number of our products sold into each surgery.

Compel Surgeon Adoption

An integral part of our strategy is to compel surgeon adoption of the innovative products that we have and will continue to introduce. A key component of our drive to inspire surgeon interest is the “ATEC Experience”. The ATEC Experience is an outcome-based educational program for visiting surgeons facilitated at our headquarters in Carlsbad, CA. The program provides an interactive learning environment tailored to surgeon needs through both a peer-to-peer and subject matter expert approach. We leverage our state-of-the-art, 7-station cadaveric lab to enable visiting surgeons to gain deep practical experience with our procedural solutions and educate participants on our role in shaping innovation.

The surgeon relationships we are creating through our educational program continue to drive strong growth, evidenced by the increase in surgeon participation in the program, as well as the continued growth of surgeon adoption. Over 400 surgeons participated in the ATEC Experience in 2021, driving growth in our surgeon user base in 2021, and increasing average revenue per surgeon and average revenue per surgery in 2021. Revenue attributable to new surgeon customers has continued to contribute meaningfully to revenue growth overall.

Revitalize the Sales Channel

Drive Predictable Financial Performance – Strengthen Our Distribution Channel

We market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives. An objective of our new leadership team is to

Distributors.  To deliver increasingly consistent, predictable growth.  To accomplish this,growth, we are partnering more closely with ourhave added, and intend to continue to add, clinically astute and exclusive direct distributors to createform a more dedicatedstrategic U.S. sales network. Consolidation in the industry continues to facilitate the process as large, seasoned agents are seeking opportunities to partner with a spine-focused company at the forefront of innovation. The expansion and loyalprofessionalization of our sales channel for the future. We are eliminating stocking distributors and transitioning preexisting distributor relationships to more dedicated, non-competitive partnerships.  We are also adding new, high-quality dedicated distributors to expand future growth. We believe this will allowteam is allowing us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals, and national accounts across the U.S., as well as better penetrate existing accounts and territories.

We made significant progress inDuring 2021, the transitionpercentage of U.S. revenue driven by strategic independent distributors increased to 97% of our distributionU.S. revenue, up from 92% in 2020. Revenue from our strategic sales channel grew by 59% in 2017, driving the percent of sales contributed by dedicated agents and distributors from less than 10% in the fourth quarter of 20162021, compared to over 40% in the fourth quarter of 2017.  Going forward, we intend to continue to relentlessly drive toward a fully exclusive network of independent and direct sales agents.  Recent consolidation in the industry is facilitating the process, as large, seasoned distributors are seeking opportunities to re-enter the spine market by partnering with spine-focused companies that have broad, growing product portfolios.  2020.

Over the course of 2017, we assembled a sales leadership team with three Area Vice Presidents charged with driving the new Alphatec vision in the field.  Each of our new leaders has over 20 years of spine sales leadership, and we believe they will contribute meaningfully to the repositioning of our brand and the strengthening of our distribution channel.

National Accounts. We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and group purchasing organizations or GPOs,(“GPOs”) across the U.S. We have had strong success withbeen very successful securing access to hospitals and GPOs and today mucha majority of our business is achieved through these accounts. We believe that this access is a key differentiator for Alphatec.  We will continue to focus our efforts and investment inon developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or grow business within these existing accounts.

Make Culture Our Competitive Advantage4


With the vast spine expertise that our new leadership team brings, comes a unique understandingTable of the importance of a powerful, innovative culture.  We know that culture can be a formidable competitive advantage.  Accordingly, to achieve our vision of becoming the most respected, fastest growing U.S.spine player, we are assembling a motivated, spine-experienced workforce, focused on innovation, not only in our product development initiatives, but also throughout every Alphatec department and every Alphatec process.  We are also building an “ownership culture” by aligning the interests of our team members with those of our shareholders. In addition to the substantial personal equity investments that our directors and officers have made, every Alphatec team member has been granted equity ownership.  By transforming the culture of our organization, constructing an inspiring workspace, and fostering an environment of surgeon integration and collaboration, we believe that Alphatec is well-positioned to deliver innovation and differentiation to a market that needs it.

Drive New Product Innovation that Improves Clinical Outcomes

We are dedicated to the design, development, and advancement of meaningful innovation for the surgical treatment of spinal disorders.  Under the leadership of our CEO and Chairman, Patrick Miles, the direction of Alphatec’s research and development programs are becoming increasingly well-defined.  We intend to become a much larger spine player by improving spine patient outcomes, and we are making investments to support sustained long term growth.

In 2017, we commercially launched several new solutions, including the Battalion Lateral System and the Arsenal Screw System.  We also relaunched our biologics platform to recapture incremental procedural revenue.  Contents

 

Sales Training and Education. We continually enhance our sales training and education programs for independent distributors and direct sales representatives to optimize sales productivity.

In early 2018, we announcedEOS Sales Team Integration.  With our acquisition of SafeOp, whichEOS in May 2021, we believealigned EOS’ U.S.-based capital sales team with our regional sales leadership.  The EOS sales team will substantially differentiate our solutions.   SafeOp is focused on providing cost effective neuro-monitoring, particularly for detection of peripheral nerve damage caused by nerve compression, ischemia or stretching during surgery. SafeOp currently produces the EPAD ™ neuromonitoring device which entered the market in late 2016.

SafeOp’s somatosensory evoked potential, or SSEP, solution is an FDA 510(k)- cleared device, the EPAD, that allows ongoing monitoring of critical nerve function. The EPAD, automates SSEP’s, thereby eliminating the need for a technician or other neuromonitoring specialist. In late 2018, we expect to receive FDA approval for SafeOp’s electromyography, or EMG, technology to complement the SSEP solution.  Launching a differentiated solution, we are positioned to compete in the market for lateral spine surgery, which we estimate to be more than $500 million annually. In addition to expanding our market presence in lateral spine surgery, we believe that the SafeOp solution will allow us to integrate neuromonitoring into our broader product portfolio and accelerate our transition to procedural integration of our entire portfolio.

2


In 2018, we expect to continue to transition from an implant manufacturer to a spine solutions architect, focusingfocus on delivering full procedural offerings. We expect to see several pipeline investments come to fruition. We are developing line extensions forhospital administrators, now with the benefit of leads generated by our existing product portfolio, and have initiatives underway to expand our product portfolio.  We are expanding our offering to address a wide variety of spine pathologies with implants made of PEEK, Allograft, and a porous titanium material.  broadening sales team.  

Spine Anatomy

The spine is the core of the human skeleton and provides important structural support and alignment while remaining flexible to allow movement. The spine is a column of 33 bones that protects the spinal cord and provides the main support for yourthe body. Each bony segment of the spine is referred to as a vertebra (two or more are called vertebrae). The spine has five regions containing groups of similar bones, listed from top to bottom: seven cervical vertebrae in the neck, twelve thoracic vertebrae in the mid-back (each attached to a rib), five lumbar vertebrae in the lower back, five sacral vertebrae fused together to form one bone called the sacrum, which sits in the hip region,pelvis, and four coccygeal bones fused together that form the tailbone. At the front of each vertebra is a block of bone called the vertebral body. Vertebrae are stacked on top of each other and enable people to sit and stand upright. Vertebrae in the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions are separated from each other through a cushioning intervertebral disc in the front, and cushioned by a rubbery soft tissue calledbony joints in the intervertebral disc.back, which create the stability and mobility needed for sitting, standing, and walking. Strong muscles and bones, flexible tendons and ligaments, and sensitive nerves contribute to a healthy spine. Pain can be caused when any of these structures areis affected by strain, injury, or disease.

The Alphatec Solution

Our principal product offering includesprocedural offerings include a wide variety of spinal solutions comprised of components such asApproach Technologies designed to achieve clinical success in conditions from degenerative disc disease to complex deformity and trauma. Our Approach Technologies comprise intraoperative information and neuromonitoring technologies, access systems, interbody implants, fixation plates, screws and rods, instruments,systems, and various biologics offeringsofferings; all designed to improve patient outcomes by achieving the three tenets of spine surgery: (1) decompression, (2) stabilization, and (3) alignment.

We continue to execute on our communicated product strategy, leveraging investments made to provide the sales channel with a differentiated portfolio and to build a strong pipeline capable of launching 8-10 solutions each year going forward (10 released in 2021 and 11 in 2020).  Integrated new surgical approaches such as PTP™, enabling technologies such as EOS imaging equipment and our SafeOp Neural InformatiX System™, and the continued advancement of innovations like IdentiTi™, a differentiated portfolio of titanium interbody cages, and InVictus®, a next-generation pedicle screw system capable of addressing the spine from occiput to ilium, continue to gain traction and are delivering on our goal of driving above-market revenue growth. While new products launched since new management took over in late 2017 accounted for less than 10% of total revenue in 2018, that percentage increased to 82% in 2021.

5


Table of Contents

Figure 1: Our portfolio of access systems, implants, technologies and biologics are designed to seamlessly integrate and enhance clinical outcomes across multiple pathologies, regardless of a surgeon’s preferred surgical approach.

The prone transpsoas (“PTP”) approach, was designed by the team that created the lateral approach for spinal fusion to treat a wide range of patient pathologies. The technique has been designed to leverage the benefits achieved by lateral spinal fusion procedures, such as reduced blood loss, shorter hospital stays, and promotequicker recovery times, while addressing the known challenges that have limited adoption of the technique2. Compared to a standard lateral procedure, the PTP approach positions the patient in a prone (face down) position, allowing simultaneous access to the spine laterally (from the side) and posteriorly (from the back), all while in a more familiar surgical position and offering a more streamlined approach. The PTP technique minimizes unnecessary patient repositioning, enhances time efficiencies, provides surgeons with increased optionality and achieves spinal fusion.alignment objectives more reproducibly. To date, surgeons have performed over 2,500 PTP procedures.

The SafeOp Neural InformatiX System, the first advanced technology to launch from our AlphaInformatiX product platform, uniquely delivers real-time, objective, and actionable information about both nerve location and nerve health to surgeons. Integration of the information with our advanced access and implant technologies equips surgeons with procedural solutions designed to enhance safety, efficiency, and reproducibility.

The sophistication of the InVictus Posterior Fixation System continues to be expanded, providing adaptable, predictable surgical treatment of a range of pathologies through open, MIS, or hybrid approaches. The commercial release of InVictus OCT in early 2021 extended the system’s proficiencies to include the thoracic and cervical spine, creating a single system capable of addressing the entire spine from occiput to ilium with familiar and consistent instrument design, simplified screw insertion, and intraoperative adaptability. The launch of InVictus OsseoScrew® later in 2021 advanced the system with the first and only expandable screw commercially available in the United States. OsseoScrew has been designed to optimize fixation and address fixation failure in compromised bone.

2

Data on file: LIT-85034.

6


Table of Contents

Current Product Portfolio

Figure 2: We are creating clinical distinction with our portfolio of procedurally integrated approach-based products and technologies.

Alpha InformatiX

The SafeOp Neural InformatiX Systemlaunched in November 2019 and is the first installment from our Alpha InformatiX product platform. Our businessAlpha InformatiX product platform is focusedan advanced neuromonitoring solution, which is designed to reduce the risk of intraoperative nerve injury. The SafeOp Neural InformatiX System is our patented next-generation technology which automates somatosensory evoked potential (“SSEP”) monitoring and is designed to provide surgeons with objective, real-time feedback on treatingan easy-to-use mobile platform, while providing increased intraoperative information that monitors nerve health during a surgical procedure.

Key features of the SafeOp Neural InformatiX System include:

Proprietary peripheral devices designed to integrate critical neural information into our approaches

Real-time triggered electromyography (“tEMG”) nerve detection designed to provide reliable information regarding the location, direction, and proximity of relevant neural anatomy, in posterior fixation and lateral approach spine procedures

Validated Response Thresholding (“VRT”) algorithm designed to deliver industry-leading tEMG nerve detection while reducing the incidence of false positive responses due to electrical noise

Novel SSEP technology leveraging advanced signal processing and unique waveform averaging to provide an unparalleled ability to monitor femoral nerve health throughout lateral approach procedures

Seamless integration of critical neural information into our InVictus posterior fixation instruments, like SingleStep™

7


Table of Contents

The EOS imaging portfolio provides unbiased, calibrated full-body imaging that enable a 3D model of patients’ skeletal systems and provide unprecedented diagnostic and surgical planning capabilities. The integration of ATEC’s approach-specific solutions into EOS’ 3D surgical planning platform is expected to better inform surgery and enhance the predictability of outcomes by allowing surgeons to more effectively assess patients’ full-body alignment, establish surgical objectives, and simulate surgery with optimized implants.

Key features of the EOS portfolio include:

Standing full-body assessment. Head-to-toe biplanar exams in the weight-bearing position for accurate assessment of factors causing pain and disability to better guide treatment and surgical decisions. Surgical planning from a standing position enables alignment parameters that more closely match functional posture

High image quality. EOSedge® is the first X-ray system with a high-resolution photon-counting detector that delivers outstanding-quality images, reinforcing diagnostic capabilities while addressing a broad range of imaging and orthopedic surgery challenges

Reduced radiation exposure. Driven by the ALADA (as low as diagnostically acceptable) principle, the EOS or EOSedge exam delivers a minimal dose of radiation to reduce the long-term impact of repeated imaging. With the introduction of the proprietary EOSedge Flex Dose™ feature, the dose automatically adjusts along the patient’s body habitus to further optimize the radiation as well as delivering homogeneous image quality by avoiding over/under exposure in the thinner/larger parts of the body

Precise 3D measurements. Patient-specific measurements, dimensions, and angles to make informed clinical decisions at all stages of care

EOSapps and EOSlink for surgical planning and operating room integration. Pre-operative planning software to anticipate surgical results and select components for spine surgery; pairs with surgical technologies for precise execution with EOSlink

Access Systems

The Sigma-TLIF Pedicle-based AccessSystem™ provides direct visualization of key anatomical landmarks to help create a reproducible transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (“TLIF”) approach. Key features include:

Vertebral body distraction which facilitates access to a collapsed disc space

Integrated fiber-optic light source designed to improve illumination

Modular shank and blade help provide direct visualization of facet, pars, and lamina

Independent cranial and caudal retraction which enable customized exposure

Surgeon-guided medial blade to help support differing patient pathologies

Quick-connect engagement which provides for a more streamlined assembly

The Sigma PTP Access System™was developed specifically for the PTP procedure and is designed to maximize efficiency and help achieve alignment through increased rigidity, customizable exposure, and intuitive orthogonality. Key features include:

Singular titanium construct designed to maximize rigidity and reduce weight

Independent anterior and posterior retraction mechanisms designed to enable customized exposure

Intuitive fluoroscopic indicators that provide reinforced orthogonality

Low-profile rounded blade design to enhance fluoroscopic visibility to the disc space

Contoured blade tips help establish optimal psoas retraction

Integrated fiber-optic light source designed to provide improved illumination of the exposure site

8


Table of Contents

A quick-connect articulating arm post for more streamlined engagement

The PTP Patient Positioning System™was developed specifically for the PTP procedure as an adjunct to the Sigma-PTP Access System. Designed to maximize the positional effects of having the patient in a prone position while streamlining operating room setup and provide a fully integrated rigid construct, the system’s key features include:

Ultra-radiolucent carbon fiber frame to help enhance fluoroscopic visibility

Bi-lateral structural support to minimize patient movement

Adjustable side paddle position to accommodate varying patient habitus

Coronal bending mechanism to create reproducible access to L4-5 and upper lumbar regions

Integrated nylon straps to eliminate need for taping patient to the table

Integrated bed-rail system which enables fixation of the Sigma-PTP Access System to facilitate a singular rigid construct

Compatibility with Jackson frame to help simplify pre-operational setup

The Squadron® Lateral Retractoris designed to maximize patient outcomes during lateral-approach surgery with the patient in the lateral decubitus position. The retractor offers multiple spine pathologiesfeatures to accommodate a variety of surgical techniques, as well as more quickly establish access, leading to minimized retraction times. Key features include:

Robust construction that provides a stable corridor with the ability to replace blades in-situ

Independent cranial and caudal blade movement which enables more precise surgical aperture

Telescoping blades and a fourth blade articulation that allows surgeons to traverse challenging anatomy

LevelToe mechanics that provide a parallel toe up to 15° to reduce tissue creep

Fixation Systems

The InVictus Spinal Fixation Systems (Open and conditionsMIS), which were introduced in 2019, are comprehensive thoracolumbar fixation systems that are designed to treat a range of pathologies. Fully integrated with our SafeOp electromyography (“EMG technology”), InVictus assists surgeons with intraoperative adaptability and surgical efficiency through a variety of surgical approaches including open, minimally invasive (“MIS”) or hybrid approaches. Key system features include:

Helical Flange®: construct confidence provided by the InVictus thread form designed to reduce the potential to cross-thread and eliminate tulip splay

Adaptability to surgical needs with a variety of implants designed to accept multiple rod diameters and materials

Instrumentation designed to provide more predictable surgical outcomes in the most challenging or complex procedural scenarios

The InVictus MIS andSingleStepSystem is an extension of the InVictus platform, which offers a simplified approach to traditional procedures.

MIS Products

Battalion Lateral Spacer System and Squadron Lateral Retractor

The Battalion Lateral Spacer System with the Alphatec Squadron Lateral Retractor provides surgeons with a next-generation lateral system with innovative, unique design characteristics including, blade control technology that allows the surgeon to maintain approach aperture throughout the procedure, blade height adjustment and blade replacement, combined with the Battalion Lateral Spacer is available in a variety of width and height options for lumbar and thoracic approaches.  Our Battalion lateral spacer system and Squadron lateral retractor received clearance of a FDA 510-(k) premarket notification from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2016 and we commercially launched this solution in late 2017.

Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System

The Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System is a cannulatedminimally invasive pedicle screw system that is designed to be inserted via a minimally invasive surgical procedure. We believe that the Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System limits trauma to the tissue surrounding the locationplacement through utilization of the surgery,an all-in-one driver which is designed to enable patients to recover faster.improve surgical efficiency without compromising accuracy. SingleStep eliminates guidewire management and targeting needles, while reducing instrument passes, procedural steps, screw insertion time, and reliance on fluoroscopy.3Key features include:

Integrated, steerable stylet which enables robust pedicle targeting

3

Data on file – LIT-17021

9


Table of Contents

BridgePoint Spinous Process Fixation System

Surgeon-controlled stylet advancement with visual indication of stylet depth

Robust, low-profile, extended tab design to accommodate complex manipulations

Quick-connect ratcheting handle which inserts the screw over the stylet

Leverages screws with InVictus thread-form designed to reduce cross-threading and tulip splay

Serrated, self-starting screw tip which is intended to eliminate the need for tapping

When combined with SafeOp automated EMG technology, the SingleStep approach offers a real-time trajectory and placement confirmation during stylet and screw insertion, helping to reinforce confidence of safe screw placement

The BridgePointInVictus Modular Fixation Systems (Open and MIS) are extensions of the InVictus platform and are designed to enhance adaptability with the power of screw modularity. Key features include:

Screws with InVictus thread-form designed to help form reduced cross-threading and tulip splay

Modular tulip interconnection strength which is 4.5x greater than the average pull-out strength of pedicle screws4,5

Robust instruments and customizable modular implants designed to accept multiple rod diameters and materials to adapt intraoperatively to surgical techniques 

Guidewire-less SingleStep technique designed to advance the standard of modular fixation to deliver modular shank and Sigma blade with one instrument pass

Integrates with SafeOp Neural InformatiX System and is intended to provide surgeons with more predictable real-time and actionable information which helps detect and monitor the health of at-risk nerves during posterior fixation procedures

Audible, tactile, and visual confirmations of tulip-to-shank attachment designed to instill confidence

The InVictus OsseoScrew System is an expandable screw system used in conjunction with the InVictus platform, and as an alternative to the use of cemented fenestrated screws. OsseoScrew is designed to restore the integrity of the spinal column in the absence of fusion (for a limited period) in patients with advanced stage tumors involving the thoracic and lumbar spine, and whose life expectancy is of insufficient duration to permit achievement of fusion. Key features include:

29% greater pull-out strength over conventional pedicle screws6

Expansion zone location which is designed to optimize pedicle fixation

Stabilization in patients with compromised bone structures

The Arsenal® Spinal Fixation System is a spinous processcomprehensive thoracolumbar fixation platform with components to support procedures aimed to fix a range of degenerative to deformity pathologies and both primary and revision surgical procedures. The Arsenal Spinal Fixation System also contains thread forms to accommodate both traditional and medialized (cortical) trajectories. Key features include:

Ergonomically designed instrumentation

Multiple instrument options designed to accommodate anatomical and pathological diversity

Multiple screw options which include polyaxial, uniplanar, monoaxial, reduction, and sacral screws

4

Liljenqvist U, Hackenberg L, Link T, Halm H. Pullout strength of pedicle screws versus pedicle and laminar hooks in the thoracic spine. Acta Orthop Belg. 2001;67(2):157-63.

5

Data on file TR-101078

6

Vishnubhotla S, McGarry WB, Mahar AT, et al. A titanium expandable pedicle screw improves initial pullout strength as compared with standard pedicle screws. Spine J 2011;11:777-81.

10


Table of Contents

Multiple pelvic fixation options

Low-profile, dual-lead screws

Color-coded shanks

The Aspida Anterior Lumbar Plating System™ is a fixation system that was developed to addressfor anterior lumbar interbody fusion (“ALIF”) and consists of specifically designed lumbar and lumbo-sacral anterior plates and dual-lead self-drilling and self-tapping screws. Its intuitive instrument design, which is complemented by the disadvantages of traditional stabilization devices. The system allows surgeons to fixate the spine using a less invasive approach by attaching a plate to the spinous process of the vertebral body during spinal fusion surgery.

Fixation Products

Arsenal Screw System

Arsenal SystemAnchorMax™ locking mechanism is a system for spinal fusion procedures. It was designed to provide operational efficiency, biomechanical strength,efficient and surgical simplicity while providingeffective anterior plating. Key features include:

Consistent 3.5 mm thickness which provide a low-profile design for reduced risk of vascular interference

An integrated passive locking mechanism

Dual-lead self-drilling and self-tapping screws for improved surgical efficiency

Intuitive instrumentation

The AMP Anti-Migration Plate™ is a complete solution. We believe the combination of low-profile implants, intuitive instrumentation and proven strength of thisplating system are significant advantages. The Arsenal System was designed to be the platformused with our lateral interbody spacer system and is designed to provide integrated fixation for future development in other spinallateral interbody fusion segments(“LIF”) constructs. Key features include:

Lean 4 mm profile

One and two-screw plate options

Zero-step screw locking with audible, tactile, and visible indicators

Divergent screw angulation of 25°

Convergent screw angulation of 5°

Compatibility with IdentiTi and Transcend® lateral implants

Ability to implant as assembled with or after placement of the interbody implant

The InVictus OCT Spinal Fixation Systemis an extension of the market.

3


ZodiacInVictus platform with implant solutions to span the occipital-cervical-thoracic regions and is compatible with our Arsenal® and InVictus Spinal Fixation SystemSystems using various rod-to-rod connectors and/or transitional rods.

Our Zodiac Spinal Fixation System can be used to address spinal conditions.  The system offers polyaxial pedicle screws, accompanying implants and advanced instruments for the stabilization of the  spine.

Cervical and Cervico-Thoracic Products

Trestle Luxe® Anterior Cervical Plate Systemis a fixation system used in anterior cervical discectomy and fusion procedures (“ACDF”). Key features include:

Low-profile design intended to reduce the irritation of the tissue adjacent to the plate following surgery

Large window design intended to enable enhanced graft site and end plate visualization, which ease plate placement

Self-retaining screw-locking mechanism which provides quick and easy plate locking

Flush profile upon screw insertion

Our Trestle LuxeThe Insignia Anterior Cervical Plate System has a large window that enables the surgeon to have improved graft site and end plate visualization, whichSystem™ is our next-generation ACDF fixation system. Key features include:

Industry-leading screw angle and trajectory capabilities with a full range of screw and plate options to meet varied clinical requirements

Low-profile, attached active locking mechanism which allows for visual and tactile confirmation of secure blocker locking as well as compatible bone screw drivers which minimize the number of passes into a surgical site

11


Table of Contents

Locking screwdriver that allows for improved axial retention of the screw when compared to traditional tapered drivers and simplified usability when compared to traditional threaded driver and screw interfaces

A single-level plate technique, which allows for single-pass placement of plate and cage into surgical site as well as selection of optimized plate length, reproducible screw placement and optimized plate alignment

Interbody Systems

IdentiTi Porous Ti Interbody Implants™ are designed to allowprovide the biological, biomechanical, and imaging characteristics that surgeons seek in a fusion construct. The subtractive process used to manufacture each IdentiTi Implant results in more predictable mechanical performance and enhanced imaging characteristics. IdentiTi implants take advantage of bone’s affinity for better placementtitanium and because of the plate. Other keytheir porosity, have a surface roughness that enhances stability.7  Key features of the Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate include a self-retaining screw-locking mechanism that isinclude:

Commercially pure titanium

Multiple lordosis and footprint options to accommodate varying surgical requirements across all interbody fusion procedures including ACDF, ALIF, LIF, PLIF, and TLIF

Fully interconnected porosity to promote bony on-growth and in-growth (as seen in animal model)89

60% porosity which provides for reduced density and designed to enhance intraoperative and postoperative imaging

Porous titanium has a bone-like stiffness10

Transcend® Lateral Interbody Implants are polyetheretherketone (“PEEK”) interbody spacers for use in LIF procedures. Transcend and IdentiTi Lateral Implants are designed to ensure quick and easy locking offunction with the plate and a flush profile after the screws are inserted.

Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System and Avalon Occipital Plate

Our Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System consists of rods, polyaxial screws, hooks, and connectors that provide a solution for posterior cervico/thoracic fusion procedures. We also designed the Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic System to be used in combination with our existing Zodiac Spinal Fixation System and our Avalon Occipital Plate, therebysame instrumentation, providing surgeons with a solution for occipito-cervico-thoracic fixation.

Interbody Systems

Battalion Universal Spacer System

more seamless experience regardless of implant material. The Battalion Universal Spacer System offers comfort, control and innovative design for surgeons performing PLIF/TLIF procedures. The Battalion implants introduce a new alternative to interbody fusion by combining the elasticity and radiolucency of polyetheretherketone, or PEEK,Transcend implant offering provides continuity in lordotic options with a titaniumrefined design to meet a surgeon’s lateral needs. Key features include:

Quick-connect inserter feature which is designed to eliminate point loading

Bulleted distal tip which helps provide smooth disc-space insertion

Directional anti-migration teeth to help resist expulsion

Tantalum markers designed to enhance imaging via fluoroscopy

Battalion® Posterior Interbody Implants combine a PEEK body with our patented TiTec™ (titanium) coating for potential osseointegration.technology to take advantage of the characteristics of both materials. The PEEK material allows surgeons to assess fusion through the implant while the titanium-coating provides initial stability due to the roughened surface. Key features include:

Straight (“PS”) and curved (“PC”) options to accommodate PLIF and TLIF surgical approaches

Multiple length options to accommodate varying surgical requirements

Patented TiTec coating helps improve expulsion strength when compared to PEEK11

TiTec coating combines visualization and stiffness benefits of PEEK with the initial stability characteristics of titanium

7

Data on file – LIT-84895

8

Data on file – LIT-84894

9

Data on file – LIT-84890

10

Data on file – LIT-84898

11

Data on file – LIT-84701

12


Table of Contents

The Battalion System also features state-of-the-art instrumentation for disc prep, access and implantation.

Uncoated nose structured to help combat delamination and wear debris issues

Novel®is a PEEK intervertebral body fusion system consisting of varying lengths, widths, and Titanium Spinal Spacers

Our family of Novel spinal spacers addresses the surgical needheights to accommodate varyingindividual patient anatomies surgical approaches and composite material options. We offer multiple unique implant designs, each of which is available in numerous shapes and heights. Certainprocedural approaches. Key features include:

Various size and shape options to accommodate different surgical approaches including PLIF, TLIF, ALIF, ACDF

Bulleted nose designed to facilitate easy insertion and matches anatomy

Multiple footprint options to accommodate different anatomy and surgical procedures

Tooth pattern helps to prevent migration and adds stability

Large contact area intended to increase subsidence resistance

PEEK radiographic markers which ease visual assessment of implant placement and fusion process

Color-coded titanium color-coding by size to help simplify identification

Biologics

Cervical Structural Allograft Spacers™consist of our Novel spinal spacers are made of titanium and others are made of PEEK.

Alphatec Solus Locking ALIF Spinal Spacer

Our Alphatec Solus locking ALIF spinal spacer, or Alphatec Solus, is a zero-profile PEEK and titanium device offering four points of fixation for improved stability. Alphatec Solus features a one-step insertion and deployment feature and is used in ALIF procedures. We believe that Alphatec Solus’ locking mechanism is a substantial improvement over similar products currently on the market.

Biologics

AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers

We offer a broad portfolio of allograft spacers which are available in a wide range of shapes and sizes, each with corresponding instrumentation, whichand are intended for use in the cervical thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine. In addition, many of our allograft spacers are packaged in our vacuum-infusion packaging system, or VIP System. The VIP System is a packaging and fluid delivery system that allows for fast and efficient infusion of the surgeon’s choice of hydration fluid. The VIP System provides rapid and uniform hydration, which may reduce the brittleness of the graft and shorten the length of the surgical procedure.

4


AlphaGraft3D ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold

Our AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold Scaffold™consists of a sponge-like demineralized bone matrix that has been pre-cut into sizes to fit within a spinal spacer. The AlphaGraft3D ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold provides a natural scaffold derived entirely from bone that can be placed into a void within a spinal spacer or on top ofaround a spinal spacer. The sponge-like qualities of the scaffold allow a surgeon to compress the scaffold and place it into a small space. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone ScaffoldFollowing placement, the scaffold expands for maximum contact between the spinal spacer and the endplate of the vertebral body and is pre-packaged in our proprietary VIP System.

Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier

Our Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier is an allograft for spinal surgical barrier applications. The composite amniotic membrane reduces inflammation and enhances healing at the surgical site, reduces scar tissue formation and provides an excellent dissection plane.

Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix

Our Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix consists of demineralized human tissue that is mixed with a bioabsorbable carrier and intended for use in surgery for bone grafting.designed to promote fusion.

Neocore Osteoconductive Matrix

Our Neocore® Osteoconductive Matrix is designed to provide an effective core environment for bone growth through a synthetic scaffold. When hydrated with patient bone marrow aspirate or BMA,(“BMA”), Neocore becomes a complete bone graft, which possesses all the necessary components of bone growth. Engineered to perform like natural bone, Neocore'sNeocore’s composition and porosity provide the benefits of rapid revascularization throughout graft and supports replacement of three-dimensional matrix with healthy new bone growth. Offering excellent handling characteristics, these pre-formed strips are flexible to conform to adjacent structures, compressible, and moldable.

AlphaGRAFT® Demineralized Bone Matrix (DBM)consists of demineralized human tissue that is mixed with a bioabsorbable carrier and intended for use in surgery for bone grafting and is available in gel, putty, and fiber forms. AlphaGRAFT DBM Fibers combine the regenerative capacity of interconnected fibers with the maximum availability of growth factors endogenous to bone. Composed of 100% demineralized fibers, AlphaGRAFT DBM Fibers offer moldable, cohesive handling characteristics and provide an osteoconductive scaffold for the delivery of autologous stem cells.

AlphaGRAFT Cellular Bone Matrix is our most recent addition to this family of products and is a growth factor-enriched cellular bone matrix (“CBM”) with two differentiating technologies. Cellular activity via retention of endogenous mesenchymal stem cells and osteoprogenitor cells; and intracellular growth factors from the bone and bone marrow stroma contribute to amplify growth factors bound to the extracellular matrix of the bone, resulting in a product that exhibits the angiogenic, osteoinductive, and mitogenic growth factors necessary for bone growth. AlphaGRAFT CBM may be delivered in granular, fiber, or structural form.

Amnioshield® Amniotic Tissue Barrieris an allograft for spinal surgical barrier applications. The composite amniotic membrane reduces inflammation and enhances healing at the surgical site, reduces scar tissue formation, and provides an excellent dissection plane.

13


Table of Contents

Products and Technologies Under Development

Internally Developed Products and Technologies

We are expanding our portfolio of products and technologies to enhance clinical outcomes across multiple pathologies, regardless of a surgeon’s preferred surgical approach.  We expect to launch 8-10 new products during 2022.

Research and Development

Our research and development effortteam seeks to continually advance our core product offeringbetter meet the requirements of each surgical approach and introducedesign and release new products tothat increase our penetration of the U.S.spineU.S. spine market. We are focused on developing technology platforms and products that meaningfully improves clinicalspan the largest market segments addressing degenerative and patient outcomes.deformity spine pathologies. We have transformed our development process by focusing our programs and leveraging integrated teams focused on the key platforms to reduce the time frame from product concept to market commercialization. We also collaborate with our surgeon partners to design products that improveare intended to enhance the surgicalclinical experience, simplify surgical techniques, and reduce overall costs, while improving patient outcomes. OurMost of our product development efforts are fully integrated in one facility allowinga singular location, our Carlsbad headquarters, which allows us to bring products from concept to market rapidly responding to surgeon and patient needs. Our resources include a technology advancement cell for rapid prototyping, a cadaveric lab, and mechanical testing laboratory.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through a sales force consisting of dedicated and non-dedicated independent distributors and dedicated employee direct sales representatives. Our sales leadership isWe employ a team of area vice presidents (“AVPs”), and regional business managers (“RBMs”), who are responsible for overseeing the overall sales channel process in their territories. Although surgeons in the U.S. typically make the ultimate decision to use our products, we generally billinvoice the hospital for the products that are used and pay commissions to the sales representative, or the sales agent based on payment received from the hospital. We compensate our direct sales employees, AVPs, and regional sales managersRBMs through salaries and incentive bonuses based on performance measures.

We are currently in the process of strengthening our sales channel by transitioning to a dedicated network.  We are eliminating our traditional stocking distributors, converting existing distributor relationships to dedicated partnerships, and attracting new, high-quality distributors to drive more predictable and sustainable future growth.  We made significant progress in the transition of our distribution channel in 2017, driving the percent of sales contributed by dedicated agents and distributors from less than 10% in the fourth quarter of 2016 over 40% in the fourth quarter of 2017.

We evaluate and select our distribution partners and sales employees based onupon their expertise in selling spinal devices, reputation within the surgeon community, geographical coverage, and established sales network.

5


We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and GPOs, across the U.S. We have had strong success with securing access to hospitals and GPOs.  We believe this access is a key differentiator for us and much of our current business is achieved through these accounts.  We will continue to focus our efforts and investment on developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or grow business within existing accounts.      

We market our products at various industry conferences, organized surgical training courses, and in industry trade journals and periodicals.

Surgeon Training and Education

We focus our surgeon training efforts on delivering critical technical skills needed onto perform the entire spinal fusion procedure through a peer-to-peer approach tofor qualified surgeon customers. Well-timed surgeon education programs drive customer conversion and loyalty through leadership and excellence by focusing on delivering value through improved surgeonclinical outcomes. We devote significant resources to training and education and are committed to a culture of scientific excellence and ethics.

We believe that one of the most effective ways to introduce and build market demand for our products is by training and educating spine surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives inon the benefits and use of our products. Sales training programs will beare a platform for learning and organizational development, ensuring the sales force is clinically competitive and considered an essential resource to all stakeholders. We focus on cross functionalcross-functional collaboration and alignment to deliver timely and relevant programs to meet surgeon and representative needs and positively impact the business.

Our training and education programs are designed to support new product introductions to the market as well as ongoing portfolio advancement. Our resources are nimble and responsive and include field-based engagements to supplement our core curriculum. We believe this is an effective way to increase overall surgeon adoption of our new products.

14


Table of Contents

 

We believe that surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives will become exposed to the merits and distinguishing features of our products through our training and education programs, and that such exposure will increase the use and promotion of our products. With a focus on the entire procedure, we expect to build awareness of the breadth of our product offering. We are conscientious in the pursuit of delivering value to all stakeholders. Our goal is to provide surgeon education programs, coupled with a growing and comprehensive sales training platform that create a sustainable competitive advantage for our organization.

Manufacture and Supply

We rely on third-party suppliers for the manufacture of all of our implants and instruments. Outsourcing implant manufacturing reduces our need for capital investment and reduces operational expense. Additionally, outsourcing provides expertise and capacity necessary to scale up or down based on demand for our products. We select our suppliers to ensure that all of our products are safe, effective, adhere to all applicable regulations, are of the highest quality, and meet our supply needs. We employ a rigorous supplier assessment, qualification, and selection process targeted to suppliers that meet the requirements of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or FDA,(“FDA”), and International Organization for Standardization or ISO,(“ISO”), and quality standards supported by internal policies and procedures. Our quality assurance process monitors and maintains supplier performance through qualification and periodic supplier reviews and audits.

The raw materials used in the manufacture of our non-biologic products are principally titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, cobalt chrome, ceramic, allograft, and PEEK. With the exception of PEEK, none of our raw material requirements is limited to any significant extent by critical supply. We are subject to the risk that Invibio, one of a limited number of PEEK suppliers, will failbe unable to supply PEEK in adequate amounts and in a timely manner. We believe our supplier relationships and quality processes will support our potential capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

With respect to biologics products, we are FDA-registered and licensed in the states of California, New York, and Florida, the only states that currently require licenses. Our facility and the facilities of the third-party suppliers we use are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. Because our biologics products are processed from human tissue, maintaining a steady supply can sometimes be challenging. We have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements and we have not experienced a meaningful disruption to sales orders.

6In connection with the sale of the previous international distribution business, the Company entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) with Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd., a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., and its affiliated entities (collectively “Globus Medical”), pursuant to which the Company supplied to Globus Medical certain of its implants and instruments, previously offered for sale by the Company in international markets at agreed-upon prices. The Supply Agreement expired and terminated on August 31, 2021.


Competition

Although we believe that our current broad product portfolio and development pipeline is differentiated and has numerous competitive advantages, the spinal implant industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change, and significantly affected by new product introductions. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures;

improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures

ease of use, quality, and reliability of product portfolio

effective and efficient sales, marketing, and distribution

quality service and an educated and knowledgeable sales network

technical leadership and superiority

surgeon services, such as training and education

ease15


Table of use, quality and reliability of product portfolio;Contents

responsiveness to the needs of surgeons

effective and efficient sales, marketing and distribution;

acceptance by spine surgeons

quality service and an educated and knowledgeable sales network;

product price and qualification for reimbursement

speed to market

technical leadership and superiority;

surgeon services, such as training and education;

responsiveness to the needs of surgeons;

acceptance by spine surgeons;

product price and qualification for reimbursement; and

speed to market.

Both our currently marketed products and any future products we commercialize are subject to intense competition. We believe that our most significant competitors are Medtronic Sofamor Danek,(Sofamor Danek), Johnson & Johnson (DePuy/Synthes)(DePuy Spine), Stryker, NuVasive, Zimmer Biomet, Globus K2M Medical, SeaSpine and others, many of which have substantially greater financial resources than we do. In addition, these companies may have more established distribution networks, entrenched relationships with physicians and greater experience in developing, launching, marketing, distributing, and selling spinal implant products.

Some of our competitors also provide non-operative therapies for spine disorder conditions. While these non-operative treatments are considered to be an alternative to surgery, surgery is typically performed in the event that non-operative treatments are unsuccessful. We believe that, to date, these non-operative treatments have not caused a material reduction in the demand for surgical treatment of spinal disorders.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements, proprietary information ownership agreements, and other measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop, maintain, and enforce the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants, co-developers, distributors and advisors to execute agreements governing the ownership of proprietary information and use and disclosure of confidential information in connection with their relationship with us. In general, these agreements require these individuals and entities to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions that were conceived on our behalf, or which relate to our property or business and to keep our confidential information confidential and only use such confidential information in connection with our business.

Patents

. As of March 6, 2018,December 31, 2021, we and our affiliates owned, or we exclusively owned 114184 issued U.S. patents, 6136 pending U.S. patent applications and 95214 issued or pending foreign patents. We own multiple patents relating to unique aspects and improvements for several of our products. We do not believe that the expiration of any single patent is likely to significantly affect our intellectual property position.

Trademarks

Trademarks. As of March 6, 2018,December 31, 2021, we and our affiliates owned 3827 registered U.S. trademarks and 11615 registered trademarks outside of the U.S.

7


Government Regulation

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory bodies and comparable authorities in other countries. Our products are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or FDCA, (“FDCA”), and in the case of our tissue products, also under the Public Health Service Act or PHSA.(“PHSA”). To ensure that our products are safe and effective for their intended use, the FDA regulates, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:perform:

product design and development;

product design and development;

product testing;

product testing;

non-clinical and clinical research;

non-clinical and clinical research;

product manufacturing;

product manufacturing;

product labeling;

product labeling;

product storage;

16


Table of Contents

product storage;

premarket clearance or approval;

premarket clearance or approval;

advertising and promotion;

advertising and promotion;

product marketing, sales and distribution;

product marketing, sales and distribution;

import and export; and

import and export; and

post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions.

post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions.

Government Regulation – Regulation—Medical Devices

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either FDA clearance of a premarket notification requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA.(“PMA”). The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Under the FDCA medical devices are classified into one of three classes —Class- Class I, Class II or Class III—dependingIII-depending on the degree of risk associated with the use of the device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory controls deemed to be necessary by the FDA to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness.

Class I devices are those with the lowest risk to the patient for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA'sFDA’s Quality System Regulation or QSR,(“QSR”), facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require 510(k) clearance by the FDA, though most Class I devices are exempt from the premarket notification requirements. Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, product-specific guidance documents and postmarketpost-market surveillance. Manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaininglife-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by compliance with the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices must be the subject of an approved PMA. Both 510(k)s and PMAs are subject to the payment of user fees at the time of submission for FDA review.

If the FDA determines that the device is not "substantially equivalent"“substantially equivalent” to a predicate device following submission and review of a 510(k) premarket notification, or if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk, the device sponsor may either pursue a PMA approval or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. Our current products on the market in the U.S. are Class II devices marketed under FDA 510(k) premarket clearance.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a device legally marketed in the United States. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to

8


premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. To be "substantially“substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

17


Table of Contents

The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but on average the process usually takes from nine to 12 months,approximately six months.  It may take less time depending on the type of device and it may take longer if the FDA requests additional information. Most 510(k)s do not require supporting data from clinical trials, but the FDA may request such data. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires the submission of a 510(k) or PMA, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant fines or penalties. We have made and plan to continue to make enhancements to our products for which we have not submitted 510(k)s or PMAs, and we will consider on a case-by-case basis whether a new 510(k) or PMA is necessary.

The FDA began to consider proposals to reform its 510(k) marketing clearance process in 2011, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period. Specifically, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the 510(k) program, and as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act or FDASIA,(“FDASIA”), Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval. Further, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act or (“Cures Act,Act”) was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation but its ultimate implementation is unclear.

9


Premarket Approval Pathway

Pathway. Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed, although some pre-amendment Class III devices for which the FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is generally more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, preclinical and clinical trials, manufacturing, and labeling information to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA'sFDA’s satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of the PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant'sapplicant’s response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulation or QSR.(QSR). The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain, and lengthy, and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketingmarketing.

18


Table of Contents

Clinical Trials

Trials. Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required for a 510(k). All clinical investigations of investigational devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption or IDE,(“IDE”), regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting, and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device is determined to present a “significant risk” to human health, the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an IDE application to the FDA and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board or IRB,(“IRB”), for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. A clinical trial may be suspended by FDA, the sponsor, or an IRB at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial. Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device to the satisfaction of the FDA or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval of a device. ATEC is not currently undertaking any FDA IDE trials, as all of our existing products are FDA-cleared through the 510k pathway. It is possible, however, that future device development may require IDE clinical trial for approval.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

Regulation.After a device is placed on the market, numerous FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

registration and listing requirements, which require manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, supplier/contractor selection, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls, during all aspects of the manufacturing process and to maintain and investigate complaints;

labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

advertising and promotion requirements;

restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved “off-label” uses;medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers submit reports to the FDA of device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

10


 

registration and listing requirements, which require manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, supplier/contractor selection, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls, during all aspects of the manufacturing process and to maintain and investigate complaints;

labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

advertising and promotion requirements;

restrictions on sale, distribution, or use of a device;

FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved (“off-label”) uses;

medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers submit reports to the FDA of device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

device tracking requirements; and

device tracking requirements; and

other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

19


Table of Contents

other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following:

warning letters and untitled letters;

warning letters and untitled letters;

fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

recalls, withdrawals, administrative detention, or seizure of products;

recalls, withdrawals, administrative detention, or seizure of products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;

withdrawals of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

withdrawals of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; and/or

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; and/or

criminal prosecution.

criminal prosecution.

Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to evaluate compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Regulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-based Products

Products. Certain of our products are regulated as human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products or (“HCT/Ps.Ps”). Section 361 of the PHSA authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable disease. HCT/Ps regulated as “361” HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and listing products with the FDA, screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility, or Good Tissue Practice, when processing, storing, labeling, and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information, stringent record keeping, and adverse event reporting, among other applicable requirements and laws. If the HCT/P is minimally manipulated, is intended for homologous use only and meets other requirements, the HCT/P will not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, a Biologics License Applications, or other premarket authorization from the FDA before marketing.

Environmental Matters

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive federal, state, and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions; wastewater discharges; the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes; the cleanup of contamination; and the health and safety of our employees. Under such laws and regulations, we are required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for some of our operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We could also be held responsible for costs and damages arising from any contamination at our past or present facilities or at third-party waste disposal sites. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials, and we may incur material liability as a result of any contamination or injury.

Compliance with Certain Applicable Statutes

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, criminal health care fraud laws, physician payment transparency laws, data privacy and security laws, and foreign corrupt practice laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, fines, imprisonment and, within the United States, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs. These laws are administered by, among others, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and state attorneys general. Many of these agencies have increased their enforcement activities with respect to medical device manufacturers in recent years.

1120


Table of Contents

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. For example, the definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, among other things, the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, which, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act and collectively(collectively referred to as ACA. ACA, among other things,“ACA”), amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. APursuant to the ACA, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statutethe Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition,Furthermore, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

In implementing the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General or OIG,(“OIG”), has issued a series of regulations, known as the safe harbors, which began in July 1991. These safe harbors set forth provisions that, in circumstances where all the applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Many states have anti-kickback laws that are similar to the federal law, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, and may also result in penalties, fines, sanctions for violations, and exclusions from state or commercial programs.

We have entered into various agreements with certain surgeons that perform services for us, including some who make clinical decisions to use our products. Some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they may have received from us as consideration for services performed. From time to time, weWe frequently review these arrangements to determine whether they are in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, physician-owned distribution companies or PODs,(“PODs”) have increasingly become decreasingly involved in the sale and distribution of medical devices, including products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. In many cases, these distribution companies enter into arrangements with hospitals that bill Medicare or Medicaid for the furnishing of medical services, and the physician-owners are among the physicians who refer patients to the hospitals for surgery. On March 26, 2013, the OIG issued a Special Fraud Alert entitled "Physician-Owned Entities"“Physician-Owned Entities,” (the “Fraud Alert”), or the Fraud Alert, in which the OIG concluded, among other things, that PODs are "inherently“inherently suspect under the anti-kickback statute"statute” and that PODs present "substantial“substantial fraud and abuse risk and pose dangers of patient safety." Since 2013, the OIG has further increased its scrutiny of PODs and the Department of Justice has brought several high-profile cases against physician owners.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Private suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as qui tam actions, can be brought by individuals on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a False Claim Act action. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $10,000 to $22,000 for each separate false claim and may be subject to exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs. Various states have also enacted similar laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

21


Table of Contents

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or HIPAA,(“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. The ACA changed the intent requirement of the healthcare fraud statute to such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in similar sanctions.

12


ACA also includes various provisions designed to significantly strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement in addition to those changes discussed above. Among these additional provisions include increased funding for enforcement efforts and new “sunshine” provisions to require us to report and disclose to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services or CMS,(“CMS”), any payment or “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. These sunshine provisions also require certain group purchasing organizations, including physician-owned distributors, to disclose physician ownership information to CMS. We and other device manufacturers are required to collect and annually report specific data on payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals. There are various state laws and initiatives that require device manufacturers to disclose to the appropriate regulatory agency certain payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, and in certain cases prohibit some forms of these payments, with the risk of fines for any violation of such requirements.

HIPAA also includes privacy and security provisions designed to regulate the use and disclosure of “protected health information” (“PHI”), or PHI, which is health information that identifies a patient and that is held by a health care provider, a health plan or health care clearinghouse. We are not directly regulated by HIPAA, but our ability to access PHI for purposes such as marketing, product development, clinical research or other uses is controlled by HIPAA and restrictions placed on health care providers and other covered entities. HIPAA was amended in 2009 by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act or HITECH,(“HITECH”) which strengthened the rule, increased penalties for violations, and added a requirement for the disclosure of breaches to affected individuals, the government, and in some cases the media. We must carefully structure any transaction involving PHI to avoid violation of HIPAA and HITECH requirements.

Almost all states have adopted data security laws protecting personal information including social security numbers, state issued identification numbers, credit card or financial account information coupled with individuals’ names or initials. We must comply with all applicable state data security laws, even though they vary extensively, and must ensure that any breaches or accidental disclosures of personal information are promptly reported to affected individuals and responsible government entities. We must also ensure that we maintain compliant, written information security programs or run the risk of civil or even criminal sanctions for non-compliance as well as reputational harm for publicly reported breaches or violations.

If any of our operations are found to have violated or be in violation of any of the laws described above and other applicable state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, among them being civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

22


Table of Contents

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the U.S., healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors, principally private insurers, and governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and pay for all or part of the cost of a spine surgery in which our medical devices are used. We expect that sales volumes and prices of our products will depend in large part on the continued availability of reimbursement from such third-party payors. These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved indication. Particularly in the U.S., third-party payors continue to carefully review, and increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and medical products. Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies are developed by CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, and its contractors. CMS establishes these Medicare policies for medical products and procedures and such policies are periodically reviewed and updated. While private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies, the Medicare program is viewed as a benchmark. Medicare payment rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of the facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital) and other factors. We cannot assure youprovide assurance that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures in which our products are used. ACA and other reform proposals contain significant changes regarding Medicare, Medicaid, and other third partythird-party payors.

Among these changes was the imposition of a 2.3% excise tax on domestic sales of medical devices that went into effect on January 1, 2013. This tax has resulted in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry. In December 2015, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016.  Among other things, this legislation put in place a two-year moratorium on the device tax through the end of 2017.  Other elements of the ACA include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and by instituting more sweeping payment reforms, such as bundled payments for episodes of care, the establishment of “accountable care organizations” under which hospitals and physicians will be able to share savings that result from cost control efforts, comparative effectiveness research, value-based purchasing, and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board.

13


We expect that the new Presidential administration and U.S. Congress will seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA. Since its enactment, there have also been other judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the ACA. In March 2017, the United States House of Representatives introduced legislation known as the American Health Care Act, or the AHCA, which, if enacted, would amend or repeal significant portions of the ACA. Among other changes, the AHCA, would repeal the medical device tax, eliminate penalties on individuals and employers that fail to maintain or provide minimum essential coverage and create refundable tax credits to assist individuals in buying health insurance. The AHCA would also make significant changes to Medicaid by, among other things, making Medicaid expansion optional for states, repealing the requirement that state Medicaid plans provide the same essential health benefits that are required by plans available on the exchanges, modifying federal funding, including implementing a per capita cap on federal payments to states, and changing certain eligibility requirements. While it is uncertain when or if the provisions in the AHCA will become law, or the extent to which any such changes may impact our business, it is clear that concrete steps are being taken to repeal and replace certain aspects of the ACA.  In January 2018, a stopgap spending arrangement signed by President Trump included an additional two-year moratorium on the device tax, which will delay the tax through the end of 2019.  

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken, as well as, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals and imaging centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.years. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for procedures using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes, and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures using our products. In addition, it is possible that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand for procedures using our products or our ability to sell our products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

EmployeesHuman Capital

As of March 2, 2018,December 31, 2021, we had 138561 employees worldwide. Approximately 451 employees were located in the U.S., approximately 117 and 110 employees were located outside of whichthe U.S. Of our U.S. employees, 295 were based in our Carlsbad, California headquarters, covering all of the following functional areas: sales, customer service, marketing, clinical education, advanced manufacturing, quality assurance, regulatory affairs, research and development, human resources, finance, legal, information technology, and administration.

Our workforce is highly educated and diverse, which we believe is important for our continued success as a leading innovator in the medical device market. We employ a number of strategies to best enable us to attract, retain, and engage our team members. To build a steady and diverse pipeline of talent, we have a robust recruiting program, which is focused on attracting and retaining the talent we believe is necessary to help achieve our strategy and mission. Further, we employ recruiting processes that mitigate unconscious biases and promote diverse candidate pools. Our employee base is comprised of men, women, underrepresented individuals, individuals with disabilities, and protected veterans.

23


Table of Contents

To attract and retain employees, we offer competitive, performance-based compensation and benefits, opportunities for discounted equity ownership, employee recognition programs, career development opportunities, and access to continual growth through in-house live trainings, as well as support and reimbursement for external trainings and educational programs. In addition, to further expand employee enrichment and engagement, we periodically survey our employees regarding their satisfaction levels. We use these survey results to determine how we can continue to create work environments that energize our employees and enable them to develop and maintain a positive working culture. We completed a survey in December 2021, in which over 95% of respondents indicated a willingness to recommend the Company to friends and family as a desirable place to work. High employee satisfaction is also reflected in our high employee engagement and low undesired turnover, which was below 6% for 2021.

We also provide opportunities for our employees to participate in community volunteer and clean-up programs, as well as offer health and wellness programs to promote a healthy and active lifestyle for our employees and foster camaraderie within our employee base. In addition to our health and wellness program offerings, our corporate headquarters includes indoor and outdoor workout spaces, which our employees are able to access throughout the day, as well as various fitness and workout classes.

We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good. We currently have no employees working under collective bargaining agreements.

Health and Safety

We have taken steps to best ensure the health and safety of our employees globally during the COVID-19 pandemic. We have provided learning resources to enable our employee workforce to transition to/from a virtual or remote workplace, as necessary and appropriate. We have provided health and wellness initiatives throughout the year to promote the continued wellbeing of our employees. Further, despite the global pandemic, we have been able to maintain our employee workforce without material contraction.

Corporate and Available Information

We are a Delaware corporation. We werecorporation incorporated in March 2005. Our principal executive office is located at 5818 El1950 Camino Real,Vida Roble, Carlsbad, California 92008.92008 and our telephone number is (760) 431-9286. Our Internet address is www.alphatecspine.com.www.atecspine.com. We are not including the information contained on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available to you free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission or SEC.(“SEC”).

24


Table of Contents

 

14


Item 1A.

RiskRisk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us.risks faced by the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us. If any of such risks or the risks described below occur, either alone or taken together occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business plan relies on certain assumptions pertaining to the market for our products that, if incorrect, may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

We allocate our design, development, marketing, management and financial resources based on our business plan, which includes assumptions about various demographic trends and trends in the development of and treatment offor spine disorders and the resulting demand for our products. However, these trends are uncertain. There canOur assumptions may not be no assurance that our assumptions with respect to an aging population with broad medical coverage and longer life expectancy, which we expect to lead to increased spinal injuries and degeneration, are accurate. In addition, an increasingIncreasing awareness and use of non-invasive means for the preventiontreatments and treatment of back pain and rehabilitation purposes may reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. A significant shiftother shifts in technologies or methods used in the treatmentand treatments, emergence of back pain or damaged or diseased bonenew materials and tissueacceptance of emerging technologies and procedures could adversely affect demand for some or all of our products. For example, pharmaceutical advances could result in non-surgical treatments gaining more widespread acceptance as a viable alternative to spine fusion. The emergence of new biological or synthetic materials to facilitate regeneration of damaged or diseased bone and to repair damaged tissue could increasingly minimize or delay the need for spine fusion surgery and provide other biological alternatives to spine fusion. New surgical procedures could diminish demand for some of our products. The increased acceptance of emerging technologies that do not require spine fusion, such as artificial discs and nucleus replacement, for the surgical treatment of spine disorders would reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. If our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or if alternative treatments to those offered by our productswe offer gain further acceptance, then demand for our products could be significantly less than we anticipate and we may not be able to achieve or sustain growth or profitability.

We areoperate in a highly competitive market segment, face competition from large, well-established medical device companies with significant resources, and may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for spine fusion products and proceduresin which we operate is intenselyhighly competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly affected by new product introductionsproducts and other market activities of industry participants. In 2016, a significant percentage of global spine implant product revenues was generated byOur competitors include numerous large and well-capitalized companies such as Medtronic Sofamor Danek, a subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc.;Medtronic; Depuy Spine, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson; Stryker; NuVasive; Zimmer Biomet; and Stryker Spine. Our competitors also include numerous other publicly-traded and privately-held companies such as NuVasive, Zimmer, Biomet, Globus K2M Medical and SeaSpine.

Medical.  Several of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including:

more established relationships with spine surgeons;

more established relationships with healthcare providers, distribution networks and healthcare payers;

more established distribution networks;

broader product offerings and intellectual property portfolios, better name recognition, and more recognizable product trademarks;

broader spine surgery product offerings;

greater resources for product research and development, clinical data, patent litigation, and launching, marketing, distributing and selling our products; and

stronger intellectual property portfolios;

greater financial and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation;

greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products;

significantly greater name recognition as well as more recognizable trademarks for products similar to the products that we sell;

more established relationships with healthcare providers and payors;

products supported by more extensive clinical data; and

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements.

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements.

15


In addition, at any time our current competitors or other companiesnew industry participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products, including ones that prove tomay be superior to our spine surgery products. For these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors. Any such failure could lead us to further modify our strategy, lower our prices, increase theour sales commissions we pay on sales of our products and could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The sale25


Table of our international distribution operations and agreements will reduce our revenue, and we may not be successful in executing on our business strategy to solely focus on the U.S. marketplace.Contents

Prior to the sale of our International operations in September 2016, our international revenue represented approximately 35% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and year ended December 31, 2015. Following the closing of the Globus Transaction, our revenues have been and will continue to be materially reduced as we will no longer be generating the same level of revenue from the operations and assets sold in the transaction. There can be no assurance that the proceeds from the Globus Transaction will be sufficient for us to grow our U.S. business.  In addition, our future growth will depend on our ability to successfully implement our strategy to focus solely on the U.S. marketplace.  If we are unable to successfully execute on this business strategy or otherwise compete effectively within the U.S. marketplace, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We may face indemnity and other liability claims pursuant to the Globus Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Under the purchase and sale agreement for the sale of our international business to Globus, we are obligated to indemnify Globus against damages arising from, among other things, breaches of our representations, warranties or obligations under the agreement and liabilities not assumed by Globus. The indemnification period generally runs for a period of 18 months from the Closing, with longer survival periods for certain specified representations and warranties. Our indemnification obligations are subject to a deductible in certain cases of $500,000, and our aggregate liability under such indemnification claims is generally limited to $12.0 million, $20.0 million for certain specified representations and warranties, and the full purchase price for breaches of certain specified representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and certain other matters. If Globus makes an indemnification claim, we may incur liability and/or expenses, which could harm our operating results. In addition, such indemnity claims may divert management attention from our continuing business.

A significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the salesales of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws.

Net sales of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws represented approximately 52% and 50% of47% our net sales for 2017both 2021 and 2016, respectively.2020 and are expected to continue to be significant in the future. A decline in sales of these systems due to lower market demand, the introduction by a third party of a competitive product, an intellectual property dispute involving these systems, or otherwise,for any reason would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Some of the technologyWe rely on third-party licenses related to our polyaxial pedicle screw systems isin order to use various proprietary technologies that are material to these systems, including the enforceability of the intellectual property rights in such technologies. Certain of our licenses may be terminated upon specific conditions. Our rights under each of the licenses are subject to our continued compliance with the terms of the license, including certain diligence, disclosure and confidentiality obligations and the payment of royalties and other fees. Because of the complexity of our product and the patents we have licensed, determining the scope of the license and related obligations can be difficult and can lead to us.disputes between us and the licensor. An unfavorable resolution of such a dispute could lead to an increase in the royalties payable pursuant to the license or termination of the license. Any action that would prevent us from manufacturing, marketing and selling our polyaxial pedicle screwthese systems or increase the costs associated with these systems would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales and marketing efforts are largely dependent upon third parties, many of which are non-exclusive and free to market products that compete with our products.

Most of our independent distributor arrangements are non-exclusive and our distributors are not obligated to buy our products and can represent competing products. Many of our independent distributors also market and sell the products of our competitors, and those competitors may have the ability to influence the products that our independent distributors choose to market and sell.competitive products. Our competitors may be able, by offering higher commission payments or otherwise,more favorable terms, to convince our independent distributors to terminate or reduce their relationships with us, carry fewer ofus. Our independent distributors have varying expertise in marketing and selling specialty medical devices. To the extent that our independent distributors are distracted from selling our products or reduce theirdo not employ sufficient efforts in managing and selling our products, our sales and marketing effortsresults of operations could be adversely affected.

The development of a large distribution network may be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for our products.

If pricing pressures cause us to decrease prices for our goods andtheir services, and we aremay be unable to compensaterecruit or retain qualified independent distributors. Some of our competitors enter into exclusive distribution agreements. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with independent distributors on commercially reasonable terms. Even if we do enter into agreements with new independent distributors, it may take 90 to 120 days for such reductions through changesnew distributors to reach full operational effectiveness. Some distributors may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect, may not commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products and may not ultimately be successful in selling our product mix or reductions to our expenses, ourproducts. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will suffer.

We have experiencedbe materially adversely affected if we do not attract and may continue to experience decreasing prices for our goodsretain new distributors or if the marketing and services we offer due to pricing pressure exerted by our customers in response to increased cost containmentsales efforts from managed care organizations and other third-party payors and increased market power of our customers as the medical device industry consolidates. If wedistributors are unable to offset such price reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions in our expenses, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be adversely affected.unsuccessful.

16


To be commercially successful, we must convince the spine surgeon community that our products are an attractive alternative to our competitors’competitive products. If the spine surgeon community does not use our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable to increase our sales and generate profits.

In order for us to sell our products, spine surgeons must be convinced that our products are superior to competing products. Acceptance of our products depends on educating the spine surgeon community as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to our competitors’competitive products and on training spine surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing the spine surgeon community of the merit of our products, our sales will decline, and we will be unable to increase or achieve and sustain growth or profitability.

There is a learning process involved for spine surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. Although most spine surgeons may have adequate knowledge on how to use most of our products based on their clinical training and experience, we believe that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by directly training spine surgeons in the use of our products. If Additionally, if surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. Thisproducts, which may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must retain the current distributors26


Table of our products and attract new distributors of our products.Contents

We plan to increase our network of independent distributors. The establishment and development of a broader distribution network may be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors. Often, our competitors enter into distribution agreements with independent distributors that require such distributors to exclusively sell the products of our competitors. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with independent distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we do enter into agreements with additional independent distributors, it often takes 90 to 120 days for new distributors to reach full operational effectiveness and such distributors may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products or ultimately be successful in selling our products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected if we do not retain our existing independent distributors and attract new, additional independent distributors or if the marketing and sales efforts of our independent distributors and our own direct sales representatives are unsuccessful.

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture and supply our products. Any problems experienced by any of these manufacturers could result in a delay or interruption in the supply of our products to us until such manufacturer cures the problem or until we locate and qualify an alternative source of supply.

We rely on third party suppliers for the manufacturemanufacturers of our implants and instruments. We currently rely on a limited number of third party suppliersparties and any prolonged disruption in the operations of our third partythird-party suppliers could have a significant negative impact on our ability to supply our products to customers and to perform our obligations under the Supply Agreement with Globus, and would cause us to seek additional third-party manufacturing contracts, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.customers. We may suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed coverage under our manufacturer’s insurance policies. EventsOther events beyond our control such as natural disasters, fire, sabotage or business accidents could have a significant negative impact on our operations by disruptingalso disrupt our product development and commercialization efforts until such third-party supplierevents can repair its facilitybe resolved or we can put in place third-party contract manufacturers to assume this manufacturing role, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all.role. In addition, if we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delaysDelays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer or the re-verification of an existing manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop products or supply products to customers in a timely manner. Any disruption in the manufacture of our products by our third partythird-party suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on various third-party suppliers, and in one case a single third-party supplier, for key raw materials used in the manufacturing processes for our products and the loss of any of these third-party suppliers, or their inability to supply us with adequate raw materials, could harm our business.

We use a number of raw materials, including titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, PEEK, and human tissue. We rely from time to time on a number of suppliers and in one case on a single source vendor, Invibio.Invibio, to provide the raw materials used in the production of our products. We have a supply agreement with Invibio, pursuant to which it supplies us with PEEK, a biocompatible plastic that we use in some of our spacers. Invibio is one of a limited number of companies approved to distribute PEEK in the U.S.United States for use in implantable devices. During 2017 and 2016, approximately 19% and 20% of our revenues were derived from products manufactured using PEEK, respectively.

17


We depend on a limited number of sources of human tissue for use in our biologics products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet demand for our biologics products effectively. The processing of human tissue into biologics products is labor intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used for our biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. We cannot be certain that ourproducts. Our supply of human tissue from our current suppliers and our current inventory of biologics products willmay not be available at current levels or willmay not be sufficient to meet our needs.

Our dependence on a single third-party PEEK supplier and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of biologics products involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. In addition, anyAny supply interruption in a limited or sole sourced component or raw material such as PEEK or human tissue, could materially harm theour ability of our third party manufacturers to manufacture oursource manufactured products until a new source of supply if any, could be found. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our tissue-based products and related technologies could become subject to significantly greater regulation by the FDA, which could disrupt our business.

The FDA regulates human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products or HCT/Ps, but the extent to which they are regulated depends on how they are manufactured and used and whether they meet other criteria for minimal regulation. These criteria include but are not limited to the use of the HCT/Ps for homologous use only and minimal manipulation of the HCT/Ps. These HCT/Ps are regulated by the FDA solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and are referred to as “Section 361 HCT/Ps,” while other HCT/Ps are subject to FDA’s regulatory requirements applicable to medical devices or biologics. Section 361 HCT/Ps do not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, licensure of a biologics license application, or BLA, or other premarket authorization from FDA before marketing. We believe our HCT/Ps are regulated solely under Section 361 of the PHSA, and therefore, we have not sought or obtained 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, or licensure through a BLA. The FDA could disagree with our determination that our tissue-based products are Section 361 HCT/Ps and could determine that these products are biologics requiring a BLA or medical devices requiring 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, and could require that we cease marketing such products and/or recall them pending appropriate clearance, approval or license from the FDA. If the FDA determines that any of our current or future products contain HCT/Ps that do not meet the criteria for regulation as a Section 361 HCT/P, it could subject some of our products to additional review and regulatory oversight. If this were to happen, further distribution of the affected products could be interrupted for a substantial period of time, which would reduce our revenues and hurt our profitability.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s quality system and good tissue practiceapplicable regulations, the manufacture of our products could be delayed.

We and our suppliers are requiredsubject to comply withextensive regulation by the FDA’s QSR, which covers, amongFDA and other things, the methodsregulatory agencies both inside and documentationoutside of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, record keeping, storage and shipping of our products. In addition, suppliers and processors of products derived from HCT must comply with the FDA’s current good tissue practice requirements, or cGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the manufacture of HCT/Ps, record keeping and the establishment of a quality program.United States. The FDA, auditsand other regulatory agencies, audit compliance with the QSR and cGTPs through inspectionssome of manufacturing and other facilities.these regulations. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues arise or if anya corrective action plan is not sufficient, wethe manufacture or our suppliers could be forced to halt the manufacturesale of our products may be limited until such problems are corrected to the FDA’sregulatory body’s satisfaction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDAregulatory body determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement demanding that we seek additional approvalsregulatory approval or clearancesclearance requirements could result in delays, costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA,regulatory body, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

1827


Table of ContentsHealthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge

Demand for our products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, limit the acceptance and availability of our products, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for procedures using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially.

The demand for products and the prices at which customers and patients are willing to pay for our products depend upon the ability of our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement for their purchases of our products.product purchases.

Sales of our products depend in part on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and private payors. In the U.S., healthcare providers that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors,payers, principally Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the use of our products. In addition, several million individuals were able to purchase health insurance in 2014 for the first time through health insurance "exchanges" established under the ACA. While procedures using our currently marketed products are eligible for reimbursement in the U.S.,United States, if surgical procedures utilizing our products are performed on an outpatient basis, it is possible that private payorspayers may no longer provide reimbursement for the procedures using our products without further supporting data on the procedure. Any delays in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using our products could significantly affect the acceptance of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business. Additionally, third-party payorspayers continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. Our business would be negatively impacted if there are any changes that reduce reimbursement for our products.

Furthermore, healthcare costs have risen significantly overOperation of our business internationally is subject to our continued compliance with the past decade. There have beenlaws and may continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to contain these costs. Several such proposals were enacted as partregulations of ACA, and include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and sweeping payment reforms. Other federal and state cost-control measures include prospective payment systems, capitated rates, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring pre-authorizations or second opinions prior to major surgery, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. Some healthcare providers in the U.S. have adopted or are considering a managed care systemeach country in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may also attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the least expensive devices possible. These cost-control methods also potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices. In addition, in the U.S., no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical technology exists among all these payors. Therefore, coverage of and reimbursement for medical technology can differ significantly from payor to payor. The continuing efforts of third-party payors, whether governmental or commercial, whether inside or outside the U.S., to contain or reduce these costs, combined with closer scrutiny of such costs, could restrict our customers’ ability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from these third-party payors. The cost containment measures contained in ACA and other measures being considered at the federal and state level,we operate, as well as internationally, could harmthe business and legal customs in those jurisdictions and geographies.

Our operations, both inside and outside the United States, are subject to risks inherent in conducting business globally and under the laws, regulations and customs of various jurisdictions and geographies. Our operations outside the United States are subject to special risks and restrictions, including, without limitation: fluctuations in currency values and foreign-currency exchange rates; exchange control regulations; changes in local political or economic conditions; governmental pricing directives; import and trade restrictions; import or export licensing requirements and trade policy; restrictions on the ability to repatriate funds; and other potentially detrimental domestic and foreign governmental practices or policies affecting U.S. companies doing business abroad, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the trade sanctions laws and regulations administered by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. Acts of terror or war may impair our business by adversely affectingability to operate in particular countries or regions and may impede the demand forflow of goods and services between countries. Customers in weakened economies may be unable to purchase our products, or it could become more expensive for them to purchase imported products in their local currency, or sell at competitive prices, and we may be unable to collect receivables from such customers. Further, changes in exchange rates may affect our net earnings, the price at which we can sellbook value of our products.assets outside the United States and our stockholders’ equity. Failure to comply with the laws and regulations that affect our global operations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of oursome markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in aContinued consolidation trend in the healthcare industry is expected to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates,increase competition to provideamong providers of products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense.participants. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations,GPOs, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to changeimpact the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

1928


Table of Contents

We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid, or otherany third-party payorspayers for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare regulation by federal and state governments significantly impacts our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as state analogs, which constrains our marketing practices and those of our independent sales agents and distributors, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal (or state or commercial) healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as state analogs, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal (or state or commercial) healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

the federal ban, as well as state analogs, on physician self-referrals, which prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity;

federal and state bans on physician self-referrals, which prohibits, subject to exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or its immediate family member has any financial relationship with the entity;

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

false claims laws that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent;

HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

the state and federal laws “sunshine” provisions that require detailed reporting and disclosures to CMS and applicable states of any payments or “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other health care providers, and for certain states prohibit some forms of these payments, require the adoption of marketing codes of conduct, require the reporting of marketing expenditures and pricing information and constrain relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

the state and federal laws “sunshine” provisions that require detailed reporting and disclosures to the CMS and applicable states of any payments or “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other health care providers, and for certain states prohibit some forms of these payments, require the adoption of marketing codes of conduct, require the reporting of marketing expenditures and pricing information and constrain relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts;

the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), which impose restrictions on uses and disclosures of protected health information and civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance and require the reporting of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media in the event of a violation; and

the Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA, specifically, privacy and security provisions including recent amendments under HITECH which impose stringent restrictions on uses and disclosures of protected health information such as for marketing or clinical research purposes and impose significant civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance and require the reporting of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media in the event of a violation; and

a variety of state-imposed privacy and data security laws which require the protection of personal information beyond health information and which require reporting to state officials in the event of breach or violation and which impose both civil and criminal penalties.

a variety of state-imposed privacy and data security laws which require the protection of information beyond health information, such as employee information or any class of information combining name with state issued identification numbers, social security numbers, credit card, bank or other financial information and which require reporting to state officials in the event of breach or violation and which impose both civil and criminal penalties.

ACA includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement, such as increased funding for enforcement efforts and the lowering of the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them.

If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agents and distributors are found to be in violation ofviolate any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, ifIf the healthcare providers, sales agents, distributors or other entities with which we do business are found to be non-compliant withviolate applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk

Sales and marketing practices in the healthcare industry have been the subject of our being foundincreased scrutiny from governmental agencies, and we believe that this trend will continue. Prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight over the retention of healthcare professionals as consultants has affected and may continue to affect how medical device companies retain healthcare professionals as consultants. Our efforts to detect and prevent noncompliance with applicable laws may not be effective in violation ofprotecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the Courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.regulations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

2029


The sales and marketing practicesTable of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government agencies, and we believe that this trend will continue. For exampContentsle, on March 26, 2013 the OIG issued a Special Fraud Alert entitled "Physician-Owned Entities" related to physician-owned distributors, or PODS. Since 2013, the OIG has further increased its scrutiny of PODs and the Department of Justice has brought several high profile cases against physician owners. Prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight over some major device companies regarding the retention of healthcare professionals as consultants has affected and may continue to affect the manner in which medical device companies may retain healthcare professionals as consultants. Any precautions we take to detect and prevent noncompliance with applicable laws may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

If we fail to timely obtain or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDAgovernmental clearances or approvals for our future products or modifications to our products, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products could suffer.

Our medical devicesproducts are subject to extensive regulation by the FDAgovernmental regulations. The clearance and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. Theapproval process, of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly fromwith the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals willmay not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. In particular, the FDA permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only after the devices have received clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or (“510(k)”), or are the subjectapproval of an approveda premarket approval application or a PMA.(“PMA”). The 510(k) process generally takes three to nine months, but can take significantly longer, especially if the FDA requires a clinical trial to support the 510(k) application.  Currently, we do not know whether the FDA will require clinical data in support of any 510(k)s that we intend to submit for other products in our pipeline. In addition, the FDA continues to re-examinemay make its 510(k) clearance process for medical devices and published several draft guidance documents that could change that process. Any changes that make the process more restrictive couldand increase the time it takes for usor expense required to obtain clearances or could make the 510(k) processit unavailable for certainsome of our products. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. A PMAFDA and must be supported by extensive data, including results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and control data and proposed labeling, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA process is more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process, and generally takes between one and three years, if not longer.process. In addition, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a PMA.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k).  Our commercialCommercial distribution and marketing of any of our products or product modifications that we develop will be delayed until regulatory clearance or approval is obtained. In addition, because we cannot assure you that any new products or any product modifications we develop will be subject to the shorter 510(k) clearance process, the regulatory approval process for our new products or product modificationsobtained which may take significantly longer than anticipated. There is no assurance that the FDA will not require a new product or product modification to go through the lengthy and expensive PMA approval process. The FDAGovernmental authorities can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable regulatory entity or notified bodyauthority that our products are safe or effective for their intended uses;uses, or that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

 

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodyauthority with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials;

 

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;

21


our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

 

theour manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; or

 

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies toauthorities change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval.

Delays in obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals may:

may delay or prevent commercialization of products we develop;

develop, require us to perform costly tests or studies;

studies, diminish any competitive advantages that we might otherwise have obtained;obtained and

reduce our ability to collectgenerate revenues.

To date, all of our non-biologic medical device products that have required FDA review that are being sold in the U.S. have been cleared through the 510(k) process without any required clinical trials. However, the FDA may require clinical data in support of any future 510(k)s or PMAs that we intend to submit for products in our pipeline. We have limited experience in performing clinical trials that might be required for a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. If any of our products require clinical trials, the commercialization of such products could be delayed which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data and may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

We obtained clearance to offer all of our current non-biologic medical device products through the 510(k) route. The ability to obtain a 510(k) clearance is generally based on the FDA’s agreement that a new product is substantially equivalent to certain already marketed products. Because most 510(k)-cleared products were not the subject of pre-market clinical trials, surgeons may be slow to adopt our 510(k)-cleared products, we may not have the comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. With the passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, funds have been appropriated for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct comparative effectiveness research to determine the effectiveness of different drugs, medical devices, and procedures in treating certain conditions and diseases. Some of our products or procedures performed with our products could become the subject of such research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes or improves patient outcomes less than we initially expect. Such results would reduce demand for our products and this could cause us to withdraw our products from the market. Moreover, if future research or experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to significant legal liability, significant negative publicity, damage to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in sales of our products, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

Once a medical device is cleared or approved, a manufacturer must notify the FDA of any modifications to the device. Any modification to a device that has received FDA clearance that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires premarket clearance or possibly approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination in the first instance regarding whether a modification to a cleared or approved device necessitates the filing of a new 510(k) notification or PMA supplement. The FDA may review any manufacturer's decision and can disagree. If the FDA disagrees with any future determination by us that a new clearance or approval is not required, we may need to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until and unless we obtain clearance or approval. In addition, we could also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Any of these outcomes would harm our business.

22


The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law.  The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. The FDA, state and foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action by the FDA, state or foreign regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

untitled letters or warning letters;

fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention, or seizure of our products;

customer notifications or repair, replacement or refunds;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

delays in or refusal to grant our requests for future 510(k) clearances, PMA approvals or foreign regulatory approvals of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

withdrawals or suspensions of current 510(k) clearances or PMAs or foreign regulatory approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products;

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries; and/ or

criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad.  For example, certain policies of the new Presidential administration may impact our business and industry.  Namely, the new Presidential administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications.  Notably, on January 23, 2017, the new Presidential administration ordered a hiring freeze for all executive departments and agencies, including the FDA, which prohibits the FDA from filling employee vacancies or creating new positions.  Under the terms of the order, the freeze will remain in effect until implementation of a plan to be recommended by the Director for the Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, to reduce the size of the federal workforce through attrition. An under-staffed FDA could result in delays in FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all.  Moreover, on January 30, 2017, the new Presidential administration issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law.  These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances.  For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation.  In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within OMB on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents.  In addition, on February 24, 2017, the new Presidential administration issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as  a “Regulatory Reform Officer” and establish  a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two-for-one provisions and other previously issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations, however it is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority.  If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

23


If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offering in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures and technologies and our ability to increase our market share.offering. Accordingly, we have pursued and intend to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves.technologies. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any acquisitions or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors.business. Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and to obtain any necessary financing.acquisition targets. These efforts could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract management. If we are unable to integrate any future or recently acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. For example, an acquisition could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize significant amounts

30


Table of expenses, including non-cash acquisition costs, and acquired assets.Contents

We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.

We sell our products in a market that is characterized by technological change, product innovation, evolving industry standards, competing patent claims, patent litigation and intense competition. Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products, which we will need to do before our competitors do so and in a manner that does not infringe issued patents of third parties from which we do not have a license. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or market new, improved or modified products, or that any of our future products will be accepted by even the surgeons who use our current products. Our competitors’ product development capabilities could be more effective than our capabilities, and their new products may get to market before our products. In addition, the products of our competitors may be more effective or less expensive than our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead us to have price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. The success of any of our new product offerings or enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

develop new products or enhancements in a timely manner;

obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for new products or product enhancements;

provide adequate training to potential users of new products;

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payors such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; and

develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

Developing products in a timely manner can be difficult, in particular because product designs change rapidly to adjust to third-party patent constraints and to market preferences. As a result, we may experience delays in our product launches which may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and the surgeon training process. In addition, our suppliers of products or components can suffer similar delays, which could cause delays in our product introductions. If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these new products or enhancements, it could have a significant adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, and the loss of any of them could harm our business.

Our continued success depends in part upon the continued availability and contributions of our senior management, sales and marketing team and engineering team and the continued participation of our key surgeon advisors. While we have entered into employment agreements with all members of our senior management team, none of these agreements guarantees the services of the individual for a specified period of time. We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately prepare for future turnover of our senior management team. Our ability to grow or at least maintain our sales levels depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain sales and marketing personnel and for these sales people to maintain their relationships with surgeons directly and through our distributors. We rely on our engineering team to research, design and develop potential products for our product pipeline. We also rely on our surgeon advisors to advise us on our products, our product pipeline, long-term scientific planning, research and development and industry trends. We compete for personnel and advisors with other companies and other organizations, many of which are larger and have greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we do. We recently implemented numerous changes in our

24


management team, including in the roles of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, People & Culture, and General Counsel, which could have an adverse effect on our retention of our employees, advisors and distributors. Changes to our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial conditionscondition and results of operations.

Compliance with laws and regulations and standards for accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure is time consuming and results in significant expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,  The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, other SEC regulations, NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules, and new accounting pronouncements create uncertainty and additional complexities for companies such as ours.  Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives.  Moreover these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly.  

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, we could be unable to provide timely and accurate financial information and therefore be subject to delisting from The NASDAQ Global Select Market, an investigation by the SEC, and civil or criminal sanctions. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting would place us at increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and could cause our stockholders, lenders, suppliers and others to lose confidence in the accuracy or completeness of our financial reports.  This, in turn could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business, prevent us from accessing critical information or expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, weWe regularly collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected patient health information, credit card information,and personally identifiable information, about our employees, intellectual property information, and proprietary business information. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing on-site systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers, viruses, breaches or interruptions due to employee error or malfeasance, terrorist attacks, earthquakes, fire, flood, other natural disasters, power loss, computer systems failure, data network failure, Internet failure, or lapses in compliance with privacy and security mandates.interruptions. Any such attack, virus, breach or interruptionsecurity incidents could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. We have measures in place that are designed to detect and respond toAny such security incidents and breaches of privacy and security mandates. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could also result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as HIPAA, government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or disseminationdisclosure could also interrupt our operations including our abilityand result in damage to bill our customers, provide customer support services, conduct research and development activities, process and prepare company financial information, manage various general and administrative aspects of our business and damage our reputation, anyeach of which could adversely affect our business.

Nearly all of our operations are currently conducted in locations that may be at risk of damage from fire, earthquakes or other natural disasters.

We currently conduct nearly all of our development and managementbusiness activities in Carlsbad, Californiaor near known wildfire areas and earthquake fault zones. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including obtaining property and casualty insurance, and implementing health and safety protocols. We have developed an information technology disaster recovery plan. However, any future natural disaster such as a fire or an earthquake, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our equipment or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our facilities would be difficult to replace and would require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The insurance we maintain against earthquakes, fires, and other natural disasters would not be adequate to cover a total loss of our facilities, may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

25Public health crises, political crises, and other catastrophic events or other events outside of our control may impact our business.

A natural disaster (such as tsunami, power shortage, or flood), public health crisis (such as a pandemic or epidemic), political crisis (such as terrorism, war, political instability or other conflict), or other events outside of our control that may occur and may adversely impact our business and operating results. Moreover, these types of events could negatively impact surgeon or patient spending in the impacted region(s), which could adversely impact our operating results. We monitor such events and take actions that we deem reasonable given the circumstances. In the future other types of crises, may create an environment of business uncertainty around the world, which may hinder sales and/or supplies of our products nationally and internationally.

31


Table of Contents

The spread of COVID-19 has disrupted the United States’ and international healthcare and healthcare regulatory systems and diverted healthcare resources away from, and delayed, governmental approval with respect some products. It is unknown how long these disruptions could continue. Additionally, COVID-19’s spread, which has had a broad global impact, including restrictions on travel and quarantine polices put into place by businesses and governments, may materially affect us economically by causing disruptions in our supply chain or distribution channels, or, by causing delays or cancellations of elective surgical procedures due to lack of hospital resources or staffing. As the global response to the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, the extent to which it may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

Alphatec Holdings is a holding company with no operations, and unless it receives dividends or other payments from its subsidiaries, it will be unable to fulfill its cash obligations.

As a holding company with no business operations, Alphatec Holdings’ material assets consist only of the common stock of its subsidiaries, dividends and other payments received from time to time from its subsidiaries, and the proceeds raised from the sale of debt and equity securities. Alphatec Holdings’ subsidiaries are legally distinct from Alphatec Holdings and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to Alphatec Holdings. Alphatec Holdings will have to rely upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to fulfill its cash obligations. Alphatec Holdings may not be able to access cash generated by its subsidiaries in order to fulfill cash commitments. The ability of Alphatec Spine, SafeOp, or EOS to make dividend and other payments to Alphatec Holdings is subject to the availability of funds after taking into account its subsidiaries’ funding requirements, the terms of its subsidiaries’ indebtedness and applicable state laws.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We willWhile we intend to continue to pursue growth in the number of surgeons using our products, the types of products we offer and the geographic regions where our products are sold. Suchbusiness, such anticipated growth has placed and will continueis expected to place significant demands on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional personnel. Also, ourOur management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these anticipated growth activities. We are currently focused on increasing the size and effectiveness of our sales force and distribution network, marketing activities, research and development efforts, inventory management systems, management team and corporate infrastructure. If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, the quality of our products, our relationships with physicians, distributors and hospitals, and our reputation could suffer, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we decrease prices for our goods and services and we are unable to compensate for such reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions to our expenses, our results of operations will suffer.

We must attractmay be forced to decrease prices for our goods and retain qualified personnelservices due to pricing pressure exerted by our customers in response to increased cost containment efforts from managed care organizations and other third-party distributorspayers and manageincreased market power of our customers as the medical device industry consolidates. If we are unable to offset such price reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions in our expenses, our business, financial condition, results of operations and train them effectively. Personnel qualifiedcash flows will be adversely affected.

The EOS business combination may have an adverse effect on our business.

The EOS business combination combined two companies that previously operated as independent public companies. The combined company will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating our business practices and operations. In addition, we have incurred transaction-related and restructuring costs in connection with the business combination and will continue to incur such costs in connection with our integration. These expenses could, particularly in the design, development, production and marketingnear term, reduce the cost synergies that we achieve from the elimination of our products are difficult to find and hire, and enhancements of information technology systems to support our growth are difficult to implement. We will also need to carefully monitor and manage our surgeon services, our third-party manufacturing resources, quality assurance and efficiency,duplicative expenses and the quality assurancerealization of economies of scale and efficiencycost synergies related to the integration of our suppliersthe businesses following the completion of the business combination, and distributors. This managing, training and monitoring will require allocation of valuable management resources and significant expense. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced and weaccordingly, any net synergies may not be able to implementachieved in the near term or at all. These integration expenses may result in us taking significant charges against earnings following the completion of the business combination, which could adversely affect our business strategy.cash flows and operating results.

32


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Financial Results, Credit and Certain Financial Obligations and Need for Financing

We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

At December 31, 2017,2021, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $22.5$187.2 million, and accounts receivable, net, and cash from operations. We believe that our current sources of $14.8 million.  Together with the proceeds of our $45.2 million private placement and up to $4.8 million warrant financing in March 2018, we currently estimate thisliquidity will providebe sufficient capital to fund our operations throughplanned expenditures and meet our obligations for at least 12 months subsequent to the next 12 months.

We maydate the consolidated financial statements are issued. If needed, we will seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the payments due in connection with the settlement of the Orthotec matter;

the payments due in connection with the settlement agreement enter into with Orthotec LLC;

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

the expenses that we incur from the manufacture of our products by third parties and that we incur from selling our products;

the costs of developing new products or technologies;

the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA or other regulatory approval or clearance for our products and products in development;

the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

the costs and any payments we may make related to our pending litigation matters;

26


 

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

the expenses that we incur from the manufacture of our products by third parties and that we incur from selling our products;

the costs of developing new products or technologies;

the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA or other regulatory approval or clearance for our products and products in development;

the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

the costs and any payments we may make related to our pending litigation matters;

the costs associated with increased capital expenditures; and

the costs associated with our employee retention programs and related benefits.

the costs associated with our employee retention programs and related benefits.

As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds and such funds may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. However, under the securities purchase agreement we entered into in connection with March 2018 private placement, we are prohibited from issuing or entering into any agreement to issue any shares of our common stock or other securities, subject to certain permitted exceptions, until the later of (a) 90 days after the effective date of the resale registration statement we are required to file registering the resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in the private placement or (b) the date of stockholder approval of the March 2017 private placement. In addition, rules and regulations of the SEC may restrict our ability to conduct certain types of financing activities or may affect the timing of and the amounts we can raise by undertaking such activities. For example, under current SEC regulations, at any time during which the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or our public float, is less than $75 million, the amount that we can raise through primary public offerings of securities in any twelve-month period using one or more registration statements on Form S-3 will be limited to an aggregate of one-third of our public float. As of March 2, 2018, our public float was $41 million.  

In addition, pursuant to the resale registration statement we filed and plan to file in connection with our private placement in March 2018 private placement, and our acquisition of SafeOp, the issuance of additional shares will result in dilution to our existing stockholders.  

Furthermore, if we issue additional equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to repay debt or other liabilities, develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we default on our obligations to make settlement payments to Orthotec LLC, the amounts due under the settlement agreements accelerate and become due and payable.

Any default of our payment obligation under the settlement agreements we entered into with Orthotec LLC or Orthotec,(“Orthotec”), would give Orthotec the right to declare all of the future payments to be immediately payable. As of March 2, 2018,December 31, 2021, the outstanding amount to be paid to Orthotec through January 2024, including futurewhich consists of accrued interest only, was $24.9$8.5 million. If acceleration of payments occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

33


Table of Contents

 

We have a history of net losses, we expect to continue to incur net losses in the near future, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

We have typically incurred net losses from our continuing operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $459.5$782.4 million. We have incurred significant net losses since inception and have relied on our ability to fund our operations through revenues from the sale of our products and equity financings and debt financings. As we have incurred losses, successfulSuccessful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. This may not occur and, unless and until it does, we will continue to need to raise additional capital. We may seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements. However, there is no guarantee that we willmay not be able to obtain further financing or do so on reasonable terms.terms or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds on a timely basis, or at all, we would be materially adversely affected.

27


We may be unable to comply with the covenants of our credit facilities.

We must comply with certain affirmativeA sudden and negative covenants, including financial covenants, in our Amended Credit Facility and affirmative and negative covenants under the Globus Facility Agreement. We failed to comply with the fixed charge coverage ratio for January and June 2016, the fixed charge coverage ratio, senior leverage ratio and total leverage ratio covenants for March 2016, and the fixed charge coverage ratio and total leverage ratio covenants for April and May 2016, under our Amended Credit Facility. We also did not meet a minimum requirement for the percentage of our total cash held in U.S. accounts for January, February, March, April, May and June 2016. MidCap and Deerfield, pursuant to the Deerfield Facility Agreement which has been terminated, provided waivers with respect to our non-compliance during such periods. There can be no assurance that at all timessignificant economic downturn or volatility in the future we will satisfy all such financial oreconomy in the United States and our other covenants of the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement, or obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event of default the lenders party to the Amended Credit Facility could refuse to make further extensions of credit to us and MidCap and/or Globus could require all amounts borrowed under the Amended Credit Facility and/or the Globus Facility Agreement, respectively, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition to allowing the lenders to accelerate the loan, several events of default under the Amended Credit Facility or Globus Facility Agreement, such as our failure to make required payments of principal and interest and the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, could require us to pay interest at a rate which is up to five percentage points higher than the interest rate effective immediately before the event of default.

An event of default under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreementmajor markets could have a material adverse effectimpact on us. Upon an event of default, if the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility or Globus Facility Agreement accelerate the repayment of all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees, or if the lenders elect to charge us additional interest, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient cash available to repay the amounts due, and we may be forced to seek to amend the terms of the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement or obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

In addition, if we fail to pay amounts when due under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement or upon the occurrence of another event of default, the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them pursuant to the MidCap Amended Credit Facility and the Globus Facility Agreement. We have granted to the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing our interests in our subsidiaries, as collateral under the Amended Credit Facility. We have granted Globus under the Globus Facility Agreement a first lien security interest in substantially all of our assets, other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis. If Globus proceeds against the collateral, such assets would no longer be available for use in our business, which would have a significant adverse effect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.operations, or cash flows.

We operate primarily in the United States but also globally and as a result our business and revenues are impacted by domestic and global macroeconomic conditions. A weakening of economic conditions, including from a worsening of the ongoing labor shortage or rising in inflation, could lead to increased costs to our business and reductions in demand for our products. Weakened economic conditions or a recession could reduce the amounts that customers are willing or able to spend on our products. Furthermore, a high percentage of our expenses, including those related to inventory, capital investments, and operating costs are generally fixed in nature in the short term. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from a weak or uncertain economic environment, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted.

Our quarterly financial results could fluctuate significantly.

Our quarterly financial results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period, particularly because our sales prospects are uncertain. The level of our revenues and results of operations at any given time will be based primarily on the following factors:

acceptance of our products by surgeons, patients, hospitals and third-party payors;

acceptance of our products by spine surgeons, patients, hospitals and third-party payers;

demand and pricing of our products;

demand and pricing of our products, and the mix of our products sold, because profit margins differ among our products;

the mix of our products sold, because profit margins differ among our products;

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

our ability to grow and maintain a productive sales and marketing organization and independent distributor network;

our ability to grow and maintain a productive sales and marketing organization and independent distributor network;

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

levels of third-party reimbursement for our products;

levels of third-party reimbursement for our products;

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products or our ability to produce or obtain products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand; and

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

our ability to produce or obtain products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand; and

changes in our ability to obtain FDA, state and international approval or clearance for our products.

changes in our ability to obtain FDA, state and international approval or clearance for our products.

28


In addition, until we have a larger base of spine surgeons using our products, occasional fluctuations in the use of our products by individual surgeons or small groups of surgeons will have a proportionately larger impact on our revenues than for companies with a larger customer base.

Many34


Table of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval or clearance. Contents

We cannot begin to commercialize any such products that we seek to introduce in the U.S.United States without FDA approval or clearance. As a result, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. We cannot assure you that our revenue will increase or be sustained in future periods or that we will be profitable in any future period. Any shortfalls in revenue or earnings from levels expected by our stockholders or by securities or industry analysts could have an immediate anda significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock in any given period.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Regulatory Penalties and Litigation

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights ofin the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, theseThese legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, we cannot assure you that any of our pending patent applications willmay not result in the issuance of patents to us.issued patents. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or PTO,(“PTO”) may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. Our issuedIssued patents and those that may be issued in the future could subsequently be successfully challenged by others and invalidated or rendered unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stopprevent competitors from marketing and selling related products. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents.

Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to our products but fall outside of the scope of our patent protection. Although we have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with certain of our employees, consultants and advisors as one of the ways we seek to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. In the event a competitor infringes upon one of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents and rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent and other intellectual property litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our products, the components of those products, the methods of using those products, or the methods we employ in manufacturingto manufacture or processingprocess those products are covered by patents held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed first. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents that our products may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our products may be inadvertently infringing, of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in the market for spine disorder devices and treatments increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us also increases.

35


Table of Contents

Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents are upheld as valid and enforceable and we are found to infringe, we could be required to pay substantial damages including treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and/or royalties and we could be prevented from selling our products unless we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there canwe may be no assurance that we would be ableunable to redesign our products in a way that wouldto not infringe those patents, and any such redesign, if possible, may be costly. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products, or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, either of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

29


In addition, in order to further our product development efforts, from time to time we enter into agreements with spine surgeons to develop new products. As consideration for product development activities rendered pursuant to these agreements, in certainsome instances we have agreed to pay such surgeons royalties on products developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. There can be no assurance thatThe surgeons with whom we have entered into such an arrangement will notmight claim to be entitled to a royalty even if we do not believe that such products were developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. Any such claim, against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation.

We are currently involved in a patent litigation action involving NuVasive, Inc. and, if we do not prevail in this action, we could be liable for past damages and might be prevented from making, using,marketing or selling offering to sell, importing or exporting certain of oursome products.

On February 15, 2018, NuVasive Inc. (Nuvasive)has filed suit against us in the United StatesU.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certain of our products infringe, or contribute to the infringement of, U.S.United States patents owned by NuVasive. NuVasive is a large, publicly-traded corporation with significantly greater financial resources than us.

Intellectual property litigation is expensive, complex and lengthy and its outcome is difficult to predict. We may also be subject to negative publicity due to the litigation. Pending or future patent litigation against us or any strategic partners or licensees may force us or any strategic partners or licensees to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any strategic partners or licensees rights to use its intellectual property, and may significantly divert the attention of our technical and management personnel. In the event that our right to market any of our products is successfully challenged, and if we fail to obtain a required license or are unable to design around a patent, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such cases, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all and any licenses may require substantial royalties or other payments by us. Even if any strategic partners, licensees or we were able to obtain rights to the third party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Furthermore, if we are found to infringe patent claims of a third party, we may, among other things, be required to pay damages, including up to treble damages and attorney’s fees and costs, which may be substantial.

An unfavorable outcome for us in this patent litigation could significantly harm our business if such outcome makes us unable to commercialize some of our current or potential products or cease some of our business operations. In addition, costs of defense and any damages resulting from the litigation may materially adversely affect our business and financial results. The litigation may also harm our relationships with existing customers and subject us to negative publicity, each of which could harm our business and financial results.

If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. To date, our products have not been the subject of any material product liability claims. Currently, weWe carry product liability insurance in the amount of $20 million per occurrence and $20 million in the aggregate. Our existinginsurance. However, our product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy liabilities we might incur. Any product liability claim brought against us with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or our inability to secure coverage in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, ifterms. If our product liability insurance proves to be inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which could harm our financial condition. If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component of our products cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage limits, our business could suffer and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely impacted.

36


Table of Contents

Because biologics products entail a potential risk of communicable disease to human recipients, we may be the subject of product liability claims regarding our biologics products.

Our biologics products may expose us to additional potential product liability claims. The development of biologics products entails a risk of additional product liability claims because of the risk of transmitting disease to human recipients, and substantial product liability claims may be asserted against us. In addition, successful product liability claims made against one of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are vulnerable to similar claims. Even a meritless or

30


unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological, hazardous and radioactive materials could be time consuming and costly.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our biologics products, involves the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and waste. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials and waste products.waste. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines. This liabilityfines, which could exceed our resources and any applicable insurance. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could also be held responsible for all of the costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such contamination was not caused by us. We may incur significant expenses in the future relating to any failure to comply with environmental laws. Any such future expenses or liabilityapplicable laws and regulations, which could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Many of our independent distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee or independent distributor to break the terms of his or her non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and/or personnel. A loss of key personnel and/or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc.

Uncertainty about our acquisition of SafeOp may adversely affect relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees, whether or not the transaction is completed.  

In response to the announcement of our acquisition of SafeOp, Alphatec’s and/or SafeOp’s existing or prospective customers or suppliers may:

delay, defer or cease purchasing products or services from us or the combined company, or providing products or services to us or the combined company;

delay or defer other decisions concerning us or the combined company; or

otherwise seek to change the terms on which they do business with us or the combined company.

Any such delays or changes to terms could materially harm our business or the combined business.  In addition, as a result of the acquisition of SafeOp, the employees acquired from SafeOp could experience uncertainty about their future with us.  As a result, key employees may depart because of issues relating to such uncertainties, or a desire not to remain with us following the acquisition of SafeOp.  Losses of customers, employees or other important strategic relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.  

We may incur substantial expenses related to the integration of SafeOp.

We may incur substantial expenses in connection with the integration of the business, policies, procedures, operations, technologies and systems of SafeOp.  There are a large number of systems and functions that must be integrated, including, but not limited to, management information, accounting and finance, billing, payroll and benefits and regulatory compliance.  Mergers are particularly challenging because their prior practices may not meet the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and/or generally accepted public accounting standards.  While we have assumed that a certain level of expenses would be incurred, there are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of all of the expected integration

31


expenses.  Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time.

We may be unable to successfully integrate our business with the business of SafeOp and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

The acquisition of SafeOp involves the combination of the businesses of two companies that currently operate as independent companies.  Our management has limited integration experience and will be required to devote significant attention and resources to integrating our business practices and operations with those of SafeOp.  Potential difficulties we may encounter as part of the integration process include, but are not limited to, the following:

inability to successfully combine our business with the business of SafeOp in a manner that permits us to achieve the full synergies anticipated from the Merger;

complexities associated with managing our business and the business of SafeOp following the acquisition, including the challenge of integrating complex systems, technology, networks and other assets of each of the companies in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers, employees and other constituencies;

integrating the workforces of the two companies while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality customer service; and

potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen increased expenses or delays associated with the acquisition, including costs to integrate the two companies that may exceed anticipated costs.

Any of the potential difficulties listed above could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers, employees, lenders and other constituencies or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of SafeOp or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results following completion of the acquisition.

Our actual financial and operating results after our acquisition of SafeOp could differ materially from any expectations or guidance provided by us concerning future results, including (without limitation) expectations or guidance with respect to the financial impact of any cost savings and other potential synergies.

We currently expect to realize an increase in sales and other synergies as a result of the acquisition.  These expectations are subject to numerous assumptions, however, including assumptions derived from our diligence efforts concerning the status of and prospects for SafeOp’s business, which we do not currently control, and assumptions relating to the near-term prospects for our industry generally and the markets for SafeOp’s products in particular.  Additional assumptions that we have made include, without limitation, the following:

projections of SafeOp’s future revenues;

anticipated financial performance of SafeOp’s products and products currently in development;

anticipated cost savings and other synergies associated with the Merger, including potential revenue synergies;

our expected capital structure after the Merger;

amount of goodwill and intangibles that will result from the acquisition;

certain other purchase accounting adjustments that we expect to record in our financial statements in connection with the acquisition;

transaction costs, including those payable to our financial, legal and accounting advisors;

our ability to maintain, develop and deepen relationships with SafeOp’s customers; and

other financial and strategic risks of the acquisition.

We cannot provide any assurances with respect to the accuracy of our assumptions, including our assumptions with respect to future revenues or revenue growth rates, if any, of SafeOp, and we cannot provide assurances with respect to our ability to realize any cost savings that we currently anticipate.  Risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from currently anticipated results include, but are not limited to, risks relating to our ability to integrate SafeOp successfully; currently unanticipated incremental costs that we may incur in connection with integrating the two companies; risks relating to our ability to realize incremental revenues from our acquisition of SafeOp in the amounts that we currently anticipate; risks relating to the willingness of SafeOp’s customers and other partners to continue to conduct business with us following the acquisition; and numerous risks and uncertainties that affect our industry generally and the markets for our products and those of SafeOp, specifically.  Any failure to integrate SafeOp successfully and to realize the financial benefits we currently anticipate from the acquisitionwould have a material

32


adverse impact on our future operating results and financial condition and could materially and adversely affect the trading price or trading volume of our common stock.

The combined businesses may not perform as we expect, or as the market expects, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our Common Stock.

Risks associated with the combined company following our acquisition of SafeOpinclude:

integrating businesses is a difficult, expensive, and time-consuming process, and the failure to integrate successfully our business with the businesses of SafeOp in the expected time frame would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations;

the acquisition will significantly increase the size of our operations, and if we are not able to effectively manage our expanded operations, our stock price may be adversely affected;

it is possible that key employees of SafeOp might decide not to remain with us after the acquisition, and the loss of such personnel could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects of Alphatec;

the current sales rates of SafeOp as combined with Alphatec may dilute the observed growth rates of Alphatec;

the success of Alphatec following the Closing will also depend upon relationships with third parties and pre-existing customers of us and SafeOp, which relationships may be affected by customer preferences or public attitudes about the acquisition. Any adverse changes in these relationships could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

the price of our common stock after the acquisitionmay be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the price of our common stock.

If any of these events were to occur, the price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

If we fail to continue to meet all applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements and our commonOur stock is delisted, the delisting could adversely affect the market liquidityprice may fluctuate significantly, particularly if holders of substantial amounts of our common stock impair the value of your investmentattempt to sell, and harm our business.

Our common stock is currently listedholders may have difficulty selling their shares based on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In order to maintain that listing, we must satisfy minimum financial and other requirements.  Although we are currently in compliance with applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements,  if we fail to continue to meet all such requirements in the future and NASDAQ determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could substantially decrease trading in our common stock and adversely affect the market liquidityvolumes of our common stock; adversely affect our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, if at all, to continue our operations; and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities. Additionally, the market price of our common stock may decline further and stockholders may lose some or all of their investment.

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and the market price of our common stock may decline in value in the future.stock.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and the following:

volume and timing of orders for our products;

volume and timing of orders for our products;

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

our announcement or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant contracts, number of distributors, number of hospitals and surgeons using products, acquisitions, and collaborative or strategic investments;

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

33


 

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

our announcement or our competitors’ announcements regarding new or enhanced products, product enhancements, significant contracts, number of distributors, number of hospitals and spine surgeons using products, acquisitions, and collaborative or strategic investments;

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

changes in healthcare policy in the U.S.;United States, including changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or applications, and changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States;

product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

product liability claims or other litigation involving us, including disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

changes in accounting principles; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

sales37


Table of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;Contents

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or applications;

disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the U.S.;

changes in accounting principles; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

The stock market in general, Thethe NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, the company becomes subject to securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company.litigation. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future.litigation. Litigation is often expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and business.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide research coverage of our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elects to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price wouldcould likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, it may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller market capitalizations, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Based on shares outstanding at March 2, 2018,February 24, 2022, our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 36%30% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons will have the ability to impact significantly the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by among other things:

delaying, deferring or preventing our change in control;

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us;

control, causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all of our stockholders;stockholders, or

reducing our public float held by non-affiliates.

Certain members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of HealthpointCapital, its affiliates and other portfolio companies.

Two members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of our largest stockholder, HealthpointCapital, or its related entities and of other companies in which HealthpointCapital invests, including companies with which we compete or may in the future compete. As of March 2, 2018, HealthpointCapital owned approximately 13% of our outstanding common stock. Our Lead Director, Mortimer Berkowitz III, is a managing member of HGP, LLC and HGP II, LLC, the general partners of HealthpointCapital

34


Partners, LP and HealthpointCapital Partners II, LP, respectively. Director R. Ian Molson also serves on the board of managers of HealthpointCapital, LLC.  Each of Messrs. Berkowitz and Molson also have financial interests in HealthpointCapital investment funds.

Because of these possible conflicts of interest, such directors may direct potential business and investment opportunities to other entities rather than to us or such directors may undertake or otherwise engage in activities or conduct on behalf of such other entities that is not in, or which may be adverse to, our best interests. Whether a director directs an opportunity to us or to another company, our directors may face claims of breaches of fiduciary duty and other duties relating to such opportunities. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may require us to indemnify them against claims of breaches of such duties arising from their service on our Board of Directors. HealthpointCapital or its affiliates may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Furthermore, HealthpointCapital may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to us and our stockholders generally. In addition, if we were to seek a business combination with a target business with which one or more of our existing stockholders or directors may be affiliated, conflicts of interest could arise in connection with negotiating the terms of and completing the business combination. Conflicts that may arise may not be resolved in our favor.

Anti-takeoverAnti- takeover provisions in our organizational documents and change of control provisions in some of our employment agreements and agreements with distributors, and in some of our outstanding debt agreements, as well as the terms of our redeemable preferred stock, may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions:

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

allow vacancies on our Board of Directors to be filled only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, blank check preferred stock that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our Board of Directors;

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our Board of Directors and for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

limit who may call stockholder meetings.

38


Table of Contents

These provisions may frustrate or prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors;

allow vacancies onDirectors, which is responsible for appointing our Boardmanagement. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Directors to be filled only by resolutionSection 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our Board of Directors;

authorize our Board of Directorsoutstanding voting stock to issue, without stockholder approval, blank check preferred stock that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our Board of Directors;merge or combine with us.

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our Board of Directors and for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

limit who may call stockholder meetings.

Some of our employment agreements and all of our restricted stock agreements, incentive stock option agreements, performance-based stock units and restricted common stock provide for accelerated vesting of benefits, including full vesting of restricted stock and options, upon a change of control. A limited number of our agreements with our distributors include a provision thatcontrol, or extends the term of the distribution agreement upon a change in control and makesmake it more difficult for us or our successor to terminate the agreement. These provisions may discourage or prevent a change of control.

In addition, in the event of a change of control, we would be required to redeem all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock for an aggregate of $29.9 million, at the price of $9.00 per share. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to issue additional shares of preferred stock. The terms of our redeemable preferred stock or any new preferred stock we may issue could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (“Section 382”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a cumulative change in its equity ownership by “5-percent shareholders” of greater than 50 percentage points (by value) over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or NOLs,(“NOLs”), and certain other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change taxable income and taxes

35


as applicable, may be limited. We have completed multiple rounds of financing and entered into transactions which may have resulted in an ownership change or could result in an ownership change in the future. We have not completed an analysis of our equity shifts which occurred during 2017 (and the period priorsubject us to the issuance of our 2017 annual report) pursuant to Section 382.  Therefore, it is possible that we have experienced an ownership change pursuant to Section 382.We382 limitations. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership.future. As a result, our ability to use our NOLs and research and development credit carryforwardscredits to offset our U.S. federal taxable income and taxes as applicable, may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, similar rules may also apply at the state level, similar rules may apply and there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

We could be subject to changes in our tax rates, new tax legislation or additional tax liabilities.

The U.S. government has recently enacted comprehensiveWe are subject to taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required to determine and estimate our worldwide tax legislation that includesliabilities. Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, (i) a permanent reduction to the corporatechange. Our effective income tax rate, (ii) a partial limitation onrates have been, and could in the deductibility of business interest expense, (iii) a shift of the U.S. taxation of multinational corporations from a tax on worldwide income to a territorial system (along with certain rules designed to prevent erosion of the U.S. income tax base) and (iv) a one-time tax on accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets, with the latter taxed at a lower rate. The overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition couldfuture be, adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain ifaffected by changes in tax laws or interpretations of those tax laws; by stock-based compensation and to what extent various states will conform toother non-deductible expenses; by changes in the newly enacted federalmix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax law.rates; or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Our tax returns and other tax matters also are subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. We cannot guarantee the outcome of these examinations. If our effective tax rates were to increase, particularly in the United States, or if the ultimate determination of our taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our "Business" set forth in Item 1, the "Risk Factors" set forth in this Item 1A and our "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" set forth in Item 7 contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including statements regarding:

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements, uses and sources of cash and liquidity, including our anticipated revenue growth and cost savings;

our ability to meet the financial covenants under our credit facilities;

our ability to ensure that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures;

our not realizing the full economic benefit from the Globus Transaction, including as a result of indemnification claims under the definitive agreement and the retention by us of certain liabilities associated with the international business, and our ability to meet our obligations under the Globus supply agreement;

our ability to meet and potential liability from not meeting the payment obligations under the Orthotec settlement agreement;

our ability to regain and maintain compliance with the quality requirements of the FDA;

our ability to market, improve, grow, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of any of our products or any product candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future;

our beliefs about the features, strengths and benefits of our products;

our ability to continue to enhance our product offerings, outsource our manufacturing operations and expand the commercialization of our products, and the effect of our strategy;

our expectations about the timing, costs and benefits of the restructuring and outsourcing of our manufacturing operations;

our beliefs about the ability of our supplier relationships and quality processes to fulfill our production requirements;

our ability to successfully integrate, and realize benefits from licenses and acquisitions;

36


Item 1B.

the effect of any existing or future federal, state or international regulations on our ability to effectively conduct our business;

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our products;

our business strategy and our underlying assumptions about market data, demographic trends, reimbursement trends and pricing trends;

our ability to achieve profitability, and the potential need to raise additional funding;

our ability to maintain an adequate sales network for our products, including to attract and retain independent distributors;

our ability to enhance our U.S. distribution network;

our ability to increase the use and promotion of our products by training and educating surgeons and our sales network;

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team, as well as other qualified personnel and advisors;

our ability to enter into licensing and business combination agreements with third parties and to successfully integrate the acquired technology and/or businesses;

our management team’s ability to accommodate growth and manage a larger organization;

our ability to protect our intellectual property, and to not infringe upon the intellectual property of third parties;

the effects of the escalating cost of medical products and services and the effects of market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures on the healthcare industry and our business;

our ability to meet or exceed the industry standard in clinical and legal compliance and corporate governance programs;

our beliefs about our competitors and the principal competitive factors in our market and the effect of non-operative treatments on demand for our products;

potential liability resulting from litigation;

our beliefs about our employee relations;

potential liability resulting from a governmental review of our business practices;

our beliefs about the usefulness of the non-GAAP financial measures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;

our beliefs with respect to our critical accounting policies and the reasonableness of our estimates and assumptions; and

other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be important in determining future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual future results may vary materially from expected results.

We also provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed there could also adversely affect us.

Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “seek,”  “intend,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors set forth under “Item 1A Risk Factors.” In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein represent our estimate only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimate as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.

37


Item 1B.

UnresolvedUnresolved Staff Comments

None.

39


Table of Contents

Item 2.

Properties

Our corporate office is located in Carlsbad, California. The table below provides selected information regarding the leased principal properties used in our current material operating location.operations.

 

Location

 

Use

 

Approximate

Square

Footage

 

Lease Expiration

Carlsbad, California

 

Corporate headquarters and product design

 

 

76,693121,541

Memphis, Tennessee

Distribution facility

 

 

July 202175,643

Paris, France

Office facilities

15,156

 

Item 3.

We are and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from our business activities. While the Company has no material accruals for pending litigation or claims for which accrual amounts are not disclosed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a proceeding, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect our future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.  We assess contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of possible loss for potential accrual or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in our consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. When evaluating contingencies, we may be unable to provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. In addition, damage amounts claimed in litigation against us may be unsupported, exaggerated, or unrelated to reasonably possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of our potential liability.

On February 13, 2018, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certainRefer to Note 7 of our products (including components of the Squadron™ Lateral Retractor, the Battalion™ Lateral Spacer and other components of the Battalion™ Lateral System), infringe, or contributeNotes to the infringement of, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,819,801, 8,355,780, 8,439,832, 8,753,270, 9,833,227 (entitled “Surgical access system and related methods”), U.S. Patent No. 8,361,156 (entitled “Systems and methods for spinal fusion”), and U.S. Design Patent Nos. D652,519 (“Dilator”) and D750,252 (“Intervertebral implant”) (collectively, the “NuVasive Patents”).  NuVasive is seeking unspecified monetary damages and a court injunction against future infringement by us.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselvesConsolidated Financial Statementsincluded elsewhere in this matter, beginning by answering the complaint, denying the allegations and filing counterclaims seeking dismissal of NuVasive’s complaint and a declaration that we have not infringed and currently do not infringe any valid claim of the NuVasive Patents.  In addition, we may also seek the following relief: (i) a declaration that the NuVasive Patents are invalid; (ii) a permanent injunction against NuVasive charging that we have infringed or are infringing the NuVasive Patents; and (iii) costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The case is in the very early stages of proceedings, with an order establishing a schedule for the case expected within the next few months.  As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the probability of an outcome cannot be reasonably determined, nor can the Company reasonably estimate a potential loss; therefore, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 450, Contingencies, the Company has not recorded an accrual related to this NuVasive, Inc. litigation.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

3840


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ATEC.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated.

On August 24, 2016, we effected a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. The per-share amounts listed in the table below are adjusted for all periods to reflect our 1-for-12 reverse stock split.

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

$

6.96

 

 

$

1.80

 

Second quarter

 

 

4.56

 

 

 

2.16

 

Third quarter

 

 

9.65

 

 

 

2.64

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

9.27

 

 

 

3.12

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

$

5.80

 

 

$

1.96

 

Second quarter

 

 

2.49

 

 

 

1.77

 

Third quarter

 

 

2.45

 

 

 

1.58

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

4.27

 

 

 

2.25

 

Stockholders

As of March 5, 2018,February 24, 2022, there were approximately 325304 holders of record of an aggregate 20,239,812 99,786,612outstanding shares of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap and the Globus Facility Agreement.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Under the terms of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended, which we refer to collectively as the Stock Plans, and prior to the expiration of the Stock Plans in May 2026, we are permitted to award shares of restricted stock to our employees, directors, and consultants. These shares of restricted stock are subject to a lapsing right of repurchase by us. We may exercise this right of repurchase in the event that a restricted stock recipient’s employment, directorship or consulting relationship with us terminates prior to the end of the vesting period. If we exercise this right, we are required to repay the purchase price paid by or on behalf of the recipient for the repurchased restricted shares. Repurchased shares are returned to the Stock PlanPlans and are available for future awards under the terms of the Stock Plan. There were noPlans.

On August 3, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an aggregate of up to $25.0 million of shares of our common stock. On August 10, 2021, in connection with the issuance of our 2026 Notes, we repurchased 1,806,358 shares of our common stock repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.for approximately $25.0 million.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

   

Item 6.

Reserved

 

3941


Table of Contents

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis ofof Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statementsstatemen
ts
and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report include the identification of certain trends and other statements that may predict or anticipate future business or financial results that are subject to important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated. See “Item 1A Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, and advancement of productstechnology for better surgical treatment of spinal disorders. Our mission isWe are dedicated to becomerevolutionizing the most respected, fastest growing U.S. spine company, by providing innovative,approach to spine surgery solutions through clinical distinction. We are focused on developing new approaches that integrate seamlessly with our relentless pursuitexpanding Alpha InformatiX product platform to better inform surgery and to achieve the goal of superior outcomes. spine surgery more safely and reproducibly. We have a broad product portfolio capable of addressingdesigned to address the majority of U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions.  spine’s various pathologies. Our ultimate vision is to be the standard bearer in spine.

We intend to drive growth by exploitingcapitalizing on our unmatched collective spine experience and investing in the research and development to continually differentiate our solutions and improve spine surgery. We believe our future success will be fueled by introducing market-shifting innovation to the spine market, and we believe that we are exceptionally well-positioned to capitalize on current spine market dynamics.

We market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives. An objective of our new leadership team is to deliver increasingly consistent, predictable growth. To accomplish this, we are partneringhave partnered more closely with ournew and existing distributors to create a more dedicated and loyal sales channel for the future. We are eliminating stocking distributorshave added, and transitioning preexisting distributor relationshipsintend to more dedicated, non-competitive partnerships.  We are also addingcontinue to add, new high-quality exclusive and dedicated distributors to expand future growth. We believe this will allow us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals, and national accounts across the U.S., as well as better penetrate existing accounts and territories.

We made significanthave continued to make progress in the transition of our distributionsales channel insince late 2017, driving the percent of sales contributed by dedicated agents andour strategic independent distributors from less than 10% inapproximately 92% for the fourth quarter of 2016year ended December 31, 2020 to over 40% in97% for the fourth quarter of 2017.year ended December 31, 2021. Going forward, we intend to continue to relentlessly drive toward a fully exclusive network of independent and direct sales agents. Recent consolidationConsolidation in the industry is facilitating thehas facilitated this process, as large, seasoned distributors are seekingagents seek opportunities to re-enter the spine market by partneringpartner with spine-focused companies that have broad, growing product portfolios.

         Between late 2016 and today, we have assembled a spine-experienced team that we believe can execute our vision for long-term growth, including the recent appointments of Patrick Miles as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Dr. Luiz Pimenta as our Chief Medical Officer; Lance DeNardin as Area Vice President, West; Michael Dendinger as Vice President of Operations; Scott Lish as Vice President of Development; Dr. Richard O’Brien as Chief Medical Officer, SafeOp Surgical; Robert Snow as Chief Marketing Officer, SafeOp Surgical; Chris Brown as Vice President, Sales, SafeOp Surgical. Collectively, the Alphatec executive leadership team has over 150 years of combined spine-experience.

        We have also reconstituted our Board of Directors since late 2016, adding significant spine industry and capital markets expertise.

Recent Developments

On March 8, 2018,0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2026

In August 2021, we announced the acquisitionissued $316.3 million principal amount of SafeOp Surgical, Inc.unsecured senior convertible notes with a stated interest rate of 0.75%, or SafeOp.  SafeOp was a privately-held provider(the “2026 Notes”). Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of neuromonitoring technology designed to enable effective intra-operative nerve health assessment.  With the full integration of SafeOp’s technology, we expect to be able to introduce an unprecedented level of neuromonitoring and intraoperative nerve safety to the spine market in early 2019.  SafeOp’s patented technology has been designed to enable both nerve avoidance and nerve health assessment to prevent the risk of nerve injury that is widely associated with direct lateral spine fusion surgery. 

On March 8, 2018, we completed a $39.7 million first close of a $45.2 million private placement of our securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors and executive officers of the Company.  each year, beginning on February 1, 2022. The second close of the private placement is expected to occur within five business days.  The private placement was led by L-5 Healthcare Partners, an institutional investor, and provides for the sale by the Company of approximately 14.3 shares of newly created Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which are automatically convertible into approximately 14.3 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), upon approval by Alphatec’s stockholders, as required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Purchasers also received warrants to purchase up to approximately 12.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  In addition, the Company entered into an agreement with Armistice Capital, an existing investor, to exercise 2.4 million warrants to purchase common shares for gross proceeds of $4.8 million in exchange for warrants to purchase up to 1,800,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  The new warrants will be exercisable following approval by Alphatec stockholders, and will expire 5 years from the date of such stockholder approval.  Certain directors and

40


executive officers of Alphatec agreed to purchase an aggregate of $6.4 million of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares2026 Notes are convertible into approximately 2.1 million shares of our common stock (representing a purchasebased upon an initial conversion rate of 54.5316 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2026 Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of $3.15approximately $18.34 per common share), and warrants to purchase up to 1.7 million shares. The initial conversion price of the 2026 Notes represents a premium of approximately 100% over the closing price of our common stock at a priceon August 5, 2021, the date the 2026 Notes offering was priced. The net proceeds from the sale of $3.50 per share.  the 2026 Notes were approximately $306.2 million after deducting the offering expenses. The 2026 Notes will mature on August 1, 2026, unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased.

42


Table of Contents

We paid $15used $39.9 million of the net proceeds from the 2026 Notes offering to enter into separate capped call instruments with certain financial institutions. The Capped Call Transactions are generally expected to reduce potential dilution to our common stock beyond the conversion prices up to the cap prices on any conversion of the 2026 Notes and/or offset any payments we make in excess of the principal amount upon conversion.

In addition, we repurchased 1,806,358 shares of our common stock in privately negotiated transactions for approximately $25.0 million concurrently with the issuance of the 2026 Notes. We also used approximately $53.4 million of the net proceeds to repay all obligations under our secured term loan with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC (the “Term Loan”) and our inventory finance agreement with an inventory supplier (the “Inventory Financing Agreement”). We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the 2026 Notes for general corporate purposes.

Acquisition of EOS

On May 13, 2021, we acquired a controlling interest in EOS imaging S.A. (“EOS”), pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) we entered into on December 16, 2020, and in June 2021, we purchased the remaining issued and outstanding ordinary shares for a 100% interest in EOS. EOS, which now operates as our wholly owned subsidiary, is a global medical device company that designs, develops and markets innovative, low dose 2D/3D full body scans for biplanar weight-bearing imaging, rapid 3D modeling of EOS patient X-ray images, web-based patient-specific surgical planning, and integration of surgical plan into the operating room. We plan to integrate this technology into our Alpha InformatixTM product platform to better inform and better achieve spinal alignment objectives in surgery.

In connection with the Tender Offer Agreement, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain purchasers, providing for the sale of 12,421,242 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $11.11 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $138.0 million. The private placement fundclosed on March 1, 2021, and generated net proceeds of approximately $131.8 million, net of fees related to the cash purchase price for SafeOp,private placement.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have seen volatility in sales trends since elective surgeries that use our products and will useservices have been impacted to varying degrees.

We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and recognize it may continue to negatively impact our business and results of operations during the remainder of 2022 and beyond. Given the present uncertainty surrounding the pandemic, we expect to continue to see volatility through at least the remaining net proceedsduration of the pandemic as the impact on individual markets and responses to conditions by international, state and local governments continues to vary. 

We continue to believe that existing funds, cash generated from operations and existing sources of and access to financing are adequate to satisfy our needs for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including the integration of next-generation neuromonitoring solutions, advancement of our product pipeline, and investmentdebt service requirements as well as to engage in sales and marketingother business initiatives that we plan to expand our market presence.strategically pursue.

Sale of International Business

On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of our international distribution operations and agreements, including our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy, or collectively the International Business, to an affiliate of Globus (“Globus Transaction”). Following the closing of the Globus Transaction, we now operate in the U.S. market only and are prohibited from marketing and selling our products in foreign markets pursuant to the terms and conditions, and for the time periods, set forth in the definitive documents related to the Globus Transaction.

At the closing of the Globus Transaction on September 1, 2016, Globus paid us $80 million in cash. On September 1, 2016, we used approximately $66 million of the consideration received to (i) repay in full all amounts outstanding and due under the Deerfield Facility Agreement, and (ii) repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness under our Amended Credit Facility, in each case, including debt-related costs. Also on September 1, 2016, we entered into the credit, security and guaranty agreement with Globus, or the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus has agreed to loan us up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement.

On August 24, 2016, we filed a certificate of amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware to effectuate a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock.  The share and per share amounts in the discussion below gives retrospective effect to the 1-for-12 reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Revenue and Expense Components

The following is a description of the primary components of our revenuesrevenue and expenses:

Revenues.Revenue. We derive our revenuesrevenue primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders.disorders as well as the sale of medical imaging equipment which is used for surgical planning and post-operative assessment. Spinal implant products include pedicle screws and complementary implants, interbody devices, plates, and tissue-based materials. Medical imaging equipment includes our EOS full-body and weight-bearing x-ray imaging devices, and related services. Our revenues arerevenue is generated by our direct sales force and independent distributors. Our products are requested directly by surgeons and shipped and billedinvoiced to hospitals and surgical centers.  Currently, most of our business is conducted with customers within markets in which we have experience and with payment terms that are customary to our business. We may defer revenuesrevenue until the time of collection if circumstances related to payment terms, regional market risk or customer history indicate that collectability is not reasonably assured.certain.

43


Table of Contents

Cost of revenuessales. Cost of revenuessales consists of direct product costs, royalties, milestones depreciation of our surgical instruments, and the amortization of purchased intangibles. Our product costs consist primarily of direct labor, overhead, and raw materials and components. The product costs of certain of our biologics products include the cost of procuring and processing human tissue. We incur royalties related to the technologies that we license from others and the products that are developed in part by surgeons with whom we collaborate in the product development process. Amortization of purchased intangibles consists of amortization of developed product technology.

Research and development expenses. Research and development expense consistsexpenses consist of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products. Research and development expenseexpenses also includesinclude salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, and fees paid to external service providers and development consultants in the form of both cash and equity, and costs associated with our Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels.equity.

Sales, general and marketingadministrative expenses. Sales, general and marketing expense consistsadministrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, sales commissions and supportother variable costs, depreciation of our surgical instruments, regulatory affairs, quality assurance costs, professional service fees, travel, medical education, trade show and marketing costs.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, professional service fees,costs, insurance, and legal expenses.

GoodwillLitigation-related expenses. Litigation-related expenses are costs incurred for our ongoing litigation, primarily with NuVasive, Inc.

Transaction-related expenses. Transaction-related expenses are certain costs incurred related primarily to the acquisition and intangible assets impairment. The impairment expense relates to impairment charges related to our goodwill balances and intangible assets.integration of EOS.

41


Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expense consistsexpenses consist of severance, social plan benefits and related taxes facilityin connection with cost rationalization efforts, as well as costs associated with the opening of our Memphis distribution center and closing costs manufacturing transfer costsrelated to our old headquarters office in Carlsbad, California.

Loss on debt extinguishment, net. Loss on debt extinguishment, net is associated with debt extinguishment, including the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs. These are primarily non-cash and severance costs incurred following the sale of our International Business and the termination of our manufacturing operations in California.are associated with debt paydown transactions which are non-recurring.

Total interest and other income (expense)expense, net. Total interest and other income (expense)expense, net includes interest income, interest expense, changes in the fair value of the warrant liabilities, gains and losses from foreign currency exchanges and other non-operating gains and losses.

Income tax benefit.provision. Income tax benefitprovision from continuing operations primarily consists of reversalan estimate of anfederal, state, and foreign income taxes based on enacted state and foreign tax rates, as adjusted for allowable credits, deductions, uncertain tax position reservepositions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and the recognition of refundable federal minimumliabilities, and changes in tax credits, partially offset by state taxes.laws.  

Results of Operations

The first table below sets forth our statements of operations data for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected in the future.Total revenue

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

 

$

101,739

 

 

$

120,248

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

39,406

 

 

 

44,114

 

Gross profit

 

 

62,333

 

 

 

76,134

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

4,920

 

 

 

9,248

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

41,158

 

 

 

50,962

 

General and administrative

 

 

23,220

 

 

 

26,339

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

688

 

 

 

934

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,736

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

2,206

 

 

 

2,292

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(856

)

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

71,336

 

 

 

91,511

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(9,003

)

 

 

(15,377

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(7,482

)

 

 

(5,365

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

(9,478

)

Gain (loss) on change in fair value of warrants

 

 

12,044

 

 

 

(687

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(133

)

 

 

(28

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

4,429

 

 

 

(15,558

)

Pretax loss from continuing operations

 

 

(4,574

)

 

 

(30,935

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(4,634

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(4,540

)

 

 

(26,301

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

2,246

 

 

 

(3,624

)

Net loss

 

$

(2,294

)

 

$

(29,925

)

42


 

Year Months Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Revenues by source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. commercial revenue

$

86,925

 

 

$

106,918

 

 

Other

 

14,814

 

 

 

13,330

 

 

Total revenues

$

101,739

 

 

$

120,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit by source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. commercial revenue

$

60,709

 

 

$

71,432

 

 

Other

 

1,624

 

 

 

4,702

 

 

Total gross profit

$

62,333

 

 

$

76,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit margin by source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. commercial revenue

 

69.8

%

 

 

66.8

%

 

Other

 

11.0

%

 

 

35.3

%

 

Total gross profit margin

 

61.3

%

 

 

63.3

%

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(in thousands, except %)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from products and services

 

$

242,258

 

 

$

141,079

 

 

$

101,179

 

 

 

72

%

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

954

 

 

 

3,782

 

 

 

(2,828

)

 

 

(75

)%

Total revenue

 

$

243,212

 

 

$

144,861

 

 

$

98,351

 

 

 

68

%

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 201644


Table of Contents

Revenues. Revenues were $101.7

Total revenue was $243.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20172021, compared to $120.2$144.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016,2020, representing a decreasean increase of $18.5$98.4 million, or 15.4%68%.

U.S. commercial revenues were $86.9 million Revenue associated with our acquisition of EOS accounted for approximately 21% of the increase in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 20172021, compared to $106.9 millionthe same period in 2020. Product volume for our business, excluding the EOS acquisition, increased our revenue by approximately 47% for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the continued expansion of our new product portfolio, increases in our surgeon user base, and progress related to the transformation of our sales network.

Revenue from international supply agreement, which is attributed to sales to Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd., a decreasesubsidiary of $20.0Globus Medical, Inc., and its affiliated entities (collectively “Globus Medical”), under which we supplied to Globus Medical certain of its implants and instruments at agreed-upon prices for a minimum term of three years, decreased by $2.8 million, or 18.7%.75%, during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decreasesdecrease in revenue were attributed to a combination of volume, product mix,from the international supply was primarily due the expiration and pricing as a result of lost distributors and customers and related overall change in revenue composition associated with the financial and operational challenges the Company faced in 2016, which led to the saletermination of the Company’s international business in order to sustain operations.  Revenue was also significantly impacted by the Company’s decision to exit the stocking distributor model and terminate distributor relationships that are not representativesupply agreement with Globus Medical on August 31, 2021.

Cost of the Company’s long-term business and rebranding strategy, and transition to dedicated distribution partners.  While our U.S. commercial revenue declined in 2017, revenues from dedicated distribution partners increased significantly over 2016. In fact, revenue from our dedicated distributors as a percentagesales

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(in thousands, except %)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Cost of sales

 

$

85,450

 

 

$

42,360

 

 

$

43,090

 

 

 

102

%

Total cost of total revenue increased from less than 10.0% in the fourth quarter of 2016 to over 40.0% in the fourth quarter of 2017.

Other revenues were $14.8 millionsales, excluding EOS, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared2021 increased by $18.0 million, or 43%, primarily due to $13.3 millionproduct volume. Expense related to the purchase accounting fair value mark-up of inventory as part of the EOS acquisition accounted for approximately 15% of the total increase for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily reflecting a full year of revenue in 2017 under our supply agreement with Globus.    

2021. Cost of revenues. Costsales associated with EOS operations accounted for approximately 44% of revenues was $39.4 millionthe increase for the year ended December 31, 20172021, compared to $44.1the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cost of sales from the international supply agreement decreased by $2.4 million, or 69%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing a2021, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to the expiration and termination of $4.7the international supply agreement with Globus Medical on August 13, 2021.

Operating expenses

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(in thousands, except %)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

32,015

 

 

$

18,745

 

 

$

13,270

 

 

 

71

%

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

229,271

 

 

 

129,156

 

 

 

100,115

 

 

 

78

%

Litigation-related expenses

 

 

11,123

 

 

 

8,552

 

 

 

2,571

 

 

 

30

%

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

5,348

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

4,660

 

 

 

677

%

Transaction-related expenses

 

 

6,365

 

 

 

4,223

 

 

 

2,142

 

 

 

51

%

Restructuring expenses

 

 

1,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,697

 

 

 

100

%

Total operating expenses

 

$

285,819

 

 

$

161,364

 

 

$

124,455

 

 

 

77

%

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses increased by $13.3 million, or 10.7%.

Cost71%, primarily related to the hiring of U.S. Commercial revenuesnew personnel and new project costs. Research and development costs associated with EOS accounted for approximately 17% of the total increase for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $26.2 million2021, as compared to $35.5the year ended December 31, 2020.

45


Table of Contents

Sales, general and administrative expenses. Sales, general and administrative expenses, excluding EOS, increased by $89.3 million, or 69%, during the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the year ended December 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to higher compensation-related costs and variable selling expenses associated with the increase in revenue, and our continued investment in building our strategic distribution channel. Additionally, we have increased our investment in our sales and marketing functions by increasing headcount to support the growth of our business. Sales, general and administrative expenses associated with EOS accounted for approximately 9% of the total increase for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing a decrease of $9.32021, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Litigation-related expenses. Litigation-related expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 26.2%. These decreases are attributable30%, and was primarily related to lower sales volumes,our ongoing litigation with NuVasive, Inc. and fluctuations related to the timing of related legal activities.  

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets primarily includes amortization of intangible assets acquired in the EOS acquisition.

Transaction-related expenses. The increase in transaction-related expenses was primarily due to third-party advisory and legal fees related to our acquisition of EOS, which closed on May 13, 2021, as well as a reductioncosts to support our ongoing integration activities.

Restructuring expenses. The increase in excess inventory quantities and product life cycle management activities during the comparable periods in 2016.

Cost of other revenues, which are primarily attributed to sales to Globus under the Supply Agreement, were $13.2 millionrestructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared2021 was primarily due to $8.6 million forseverance, social plan benefits and related taxes in connection with cost rationalization efforts as well as costs associated with the opening of our Memphis distribution center and closing costs related to our old headquarters office.

Total interest and other expense, net

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(in thousands, except %)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Interest and other expense, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(7,108

)

 

$

(12,374

)

 

$

5,266

 

 

 

(43

)%

Loss on debt extinguishment, net

 

 

(7,434

)

 

 

(7,612

)

 

 

178

 

 

 

(2

)%

Other expense, net

 

 

(1,563

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,563

)

 

 

100

%

Total interest and other expense, net

 

$

(16,105

)

 

$

(19,986

)

 

$

3,881

 

 

 

(19

)%

The decrease during the year ended December 31, 2016, representing an increase of $4.6 million.   This increase was attributed to higher sales volumes in 20172021 as compared to the same period in 2016,year ended December 30, 2020 was primarily due to lower interest expense related to the early payoff of the Term Loan, offset by a decrease in the average selling priceforeign currency losses related to Globus in 2017 compared to sales to international affiliates in 2016.forward contract settlements.

Gross profit. Gross profit was $62.3 millionIncome tax provision

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(in thousands, except %)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Income tax provision

 

$

164

 

 

$

145

 

 

$

19

 

 

 

13

%

Income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 20172021 was negligible and remained consistent compared to $76.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing a decrease2020.

46


Table of $13.8 million, or 18.1 %.Contents

Gross profit margin

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our existing cash, cash equivalents and cash from U.S. commercial revenues was 69.8% foroperations. Our liquidity and capital structure are evaluated regularly within the year ended December 31, 2017 comparedcontext of our annual operating and strategic planning process. We consider the liquidity necessary to 66.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016.  These increases are attributablefund our operations, which include working capital needs, investments in research and development, investments in inventory and instrument sets to a reduction in obsolescence expense and product life cycle management activities during the comparable period in 2016,support our customers, as well as decreased fixed manufacturing overhead costs dueother operating costs. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the consolidationexpansion of our facilities and termination of in-house manufacturing activities in early 2017.

43


Gross profit margin from other revenues was 11.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 35.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The decrease in gross margin was primarily related to the sale of our international business to Globus, for which we supply international products at a reduced margin compared to historical levels.

Research and development. Research and development expense was $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 representing a decrease of $4.3 million, or 46.7%. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction of development activities ($0.5 million), a reduction in stock-based compensation related costs under a consulting agreement ($2.1 million), a reduction in personnel related costs ($1.4 million) and a reduction of facility allocation expense ($0.3 million). We expect research and development expenses to increase in the next fiscal year as we continue to invest in our product pipeline.

Sales andsales, marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $41.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 representing a decrease of $9.8 million, or 19.2%. The decrease was the result of lower commission expense due to lower revenues ($4.4 million), a decrease in personnel and related expenses due to headcount reductions ($3.8 million) and a reduction in general sales and marketing expenses due to the sale of our international business. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars in line with expected increases in our revenues.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense was $23.2 million foractivities, and the year ended December 31, 2017 comparedtiming of introductions of new products and enhancements to $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing a decrease of $3.1 million, or 11.8%. The decrease was primarilyexisting products. As current borrowing sources become due, to a reduction in legal, accounting and professional services fees ($3.7 million), a reduction in personnel and related expenses due to headcount reduction ($2.5 million), partially offset by an increase in share based compensation ($2.6 million), and an increase in regulatory and facility expanse ($0.5 million).

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with general business assets, intellectual property, licenses and other assets obtained in acquisitions and licensing agreements.

Impairment of intangible assets. Intangible assets impairment charge of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was related to the Globus Transaction.

Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expenses were $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Beginning in late 2016 with the sale of our international business to Globus and continuing in 2017, we began a corporate initiative to rationalize our cost structure in line with our reduced operations and implemented a strategic repositioning of the Company, including the changeover of our senior leadership team. As a result of these initiatives, we reduced headcount from 163 employees as of December 31, 2016 to 141 employees at December 31, 2017, and have incurred related restructuring costs consisting primarily of severance and other personnel charges.  

Gain on sale of assets.  During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a net gain of $0.9 million pursuant to a sale of certain inventory and intellectual property to a third party for $1.0 million in consideration, payable via a credit to future minimum royalties owed to the third party under an existing exclusive license agreement.

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net, was $7.5 million for year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 representing an increase of $2.1 million, primarily due to increased interest expenses related to the Globus Credit Facility which was outstanding for twelve months in 2017 compared with four months in 2016 (from September to December 2016).

Loss on debt extinguishment: Loss on debt extinguishment expenses of $9.5 million in 2016 were related to early retirement of Deerfield debt with proceeds from the Globus Transaction as described above.

Gain (loss) on change in fair value of warrants.  Gain on change in fair value of warrants of $12.0 million in 2017 represented the reduction of the fair value of the warrants issued to certain investors during the period when such warrants were temporarily classified as a liability in the fourth quarter of 2017. Based on the terms of the warrants issued in the March 2017 private placement, the Company may be required to settleaccess the warrants with cash upon a fundamental transaction. As of the issuance date and up until October 19, 2017, the warrant holders did not have control of the Company’s Board of Directors and as a result, the warrants were classified in equity. From October 19, 2017 to December 29, 2017, the warrant holders temporarily represented the majority of the Board of Directions and thus had control over any vote on a fundamental transaction. As a result, we were potentially required to settle the warrants with cash and the warrants were classified as a liability. On December 29, 2017, two board members who are warrant holders entered into recusal agreements, pursuant to which they agreed to abstain from voting on any fundamental transaction so long as their warrants are outstanding.  Accordingly, the warrants were re-classified to equity on December 29, 2017.

44


The loss of $0.7 million in 2016 represented a change in fair value of warrants issued related to Deerfield Facility.

Income tax benefit. The income tax provision in continuing operations was a benefit of $34,000capital markets for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to a benefit of ($4.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The 2017 income tax benefit from continuing operations primarily consists of the reversal of an uncertain tax position and the recognition of refundable federal minimum tax credits, partially offset by state taxes. The 2016 income tax benefit from continuing operations consists of income tax benefits related to domestic losses partially offset by state income taxes. ASC 740-20 requires total income tax expense or benefit to be allocated among continuing operations, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, other comprehensive income and items charged directly to shareholders’ equity. This allocation is referred to as intra-period tax allocation. Accordingly,additional funding. If we are required to allocateaccess the provision or benefit for income taxes between continuing operationsdebt market, we expect to be able to secure reasonable borrowing rates.

Cash and discontinued operations. For the year ended forcash equivalents were $187.2 million and $107.8 million at December 31, 2017, we recorded a tax benefit of $2.5 million in discontinued operations related to reversal of reserves of uncertain tax positions. For the year ended2021 and December 31, 2016, we recognized a gain from discontinued operations before tax, and, as a result, we recorded a tax expense of $6.5 million in discontinued operations and a corresponding tax benefit to continuing operations.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of our International Business to Globus, whereby we sold our international distribution operations and agreements, including wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan and Brazil and substantially all of the assets of other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy. As a result of the strategic decision to sell the International Business and focus on U.S market, the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated balance sheets reflect the financial results from the International Business as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, activity presented under discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations represents our commercial operations prior to the sale of the International Business in September 2016 including certain intercompany sales transactions as the Company will have continuing involvement due to future sales to Globus under the Supply Agreement. Certain operating expenses were also allocated to the business activities associated with the discontinued operations as well as interest expense related to our debt that we repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the International Business.

The income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to a reversal of $2.6 million in potential tax liabilities following the wind-down of certain of our international entities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and relied on our ability to fund our operations through revenues from the sale of our products, debt financings and equity financings, including our private placement in March 2017 ( “2017 Private Placement”). As we have incurred losses, a successful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. This may not occur and, unless and until it does, we will continue to need to raise additional capital.  At December 31, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of $22.5 million and accounts receivable, net of $14.8 million.2020, respectively. We believe that our current availableexisting funds, cash combined with proceedsgenerated from March 2018 Private Placement (described below)our operations and draws on our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our planned expenditures and meet our obligations for at least 12 months following our financial statement issuance date.

Historically, our principalexisting sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale ofand access to financing are adequate to satisfy our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of surgical instruments, repayments of borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility, payments due under the Orthotec settlement agreement and acquisitions of businesses and intellectual property rights. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be similar. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing, research and development expenses and our capital expenditures will continue to grow and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve profitability.  Operating losses and negative cash flows may continue for at least the next year as we continue to incur costs related to the execution of our operating plan and introduction of new products.

On March 8, 2018, we completed a $39.7 million first close of a $45.2 million private placement of our securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors and executive officers of the Company.  The second close of the private placement is expected to occur within five business days.  The private placement was led by L-5 Healthcare Partners, an institutional investor, and provides for the sale by the Company of approximately 14.3 shares of newly created Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which are automatically convertible into approximately 14.3 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), upon approval by Alphatec’s stockholders, as required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Purchasers also received warrants to purchase up to approximately 12.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  In addition, the Company entered into an agreement with Armistice Capital, an existing investor, to exercise 2.4 million warrants to purchase common shares for gross proceeds of $4.8 million in exchange for warrants to purchase up to 1,800,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  The new warrants will be exercisable following approval by Alphatec stockholders, and will expire 5 years from the date of such stockholder approval.  Certain directors and

45


executive officers of Alphatec agreed to purchase an aggregate of $6.4 million of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible into approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), and warrants to purchase up to 1.7 million shares of common stock at a price of $3.50 per share.  We paid $15 million of the net proceeds from the private placement fund the cash purchase price for SafeOp, and will use the remaining net proceedsneeds for working capital, capital expenditure and general corporate purposes, includingdebt service requirements, and other business initiatives we plan to strategically pursue.

Summary of Cash Flows

The following is a summary of cash provided by (used in) operating, investing, and financing activities, the integrationeffect of next-generation neuromonitoring solutions, advancement of our product pipeline,exchange rate changes on cash and investment in sales and marketing to expand our market presence.

On October 2, 2017, we entered into Securities Purchase Agreements (collectively, the “Purchase Agreements”) with accredited investors Patrick Miles and Quentin Blackford (collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which Messrs. Miles and Blackford have agreed to purchase from the Company, collectively, no less than 1,549,116 and as many as 1,769,912 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $2.26 per share. In December 2017, the Company issued 1,769,912 shares for gross proceeds of $4 million.  

In connection with the Private Placement in March 2017 where we issued Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock, we also issued warrants to purchase 9.4 million shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share and warrants to purchase 0.5 million shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, for aggregate proceeds, if exercised, of approximately $20.0 million.  During 2017 we received proceeds of approximately $3.3 million in connection with exercise of approximately 1.7 million warrants.

We may seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new or existing debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements.  However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain further financing, or do so on reasonable terms. If we are unable to raise additional funds on a timely basis, or at all, we would be materially adversely affected.

A substantial portion of our available cash funds is held in business accounts with reputable financial institutions. At times, however, our deposits, may exceed federally insured limits and thus we may face losses in the event of insolvency of any of the financial institutions where our funds are deposited. We did not hold any marketable securities as of December 31, 2017.

Amended Credit Facility and Other Debt

On August 30, 2013, we entered into the Amended Credit Facility, which amended and restated the prior credit facility that we had with MidCap. On September 1, 2016, we entered into a Fifth Amendment to the MidCap Amended Facility Agreement, or the MidCap Fifth Amendment, that: (a) permitted (i) the Globus Transaction, (ii) the release of Alphatec International LLC and Alphatec Pacific, Inc. as credit parties, (iii) the payment in full of all obligations to Deerfield  under the Facility Agreement between us and Deerfield, dated as of March 17, 2014, as amended to date, or the Deerfield Facility Agreement, and (iv) the incurrence of debt under the Globus Facility Agreementequivalents, and the granting of liensnet change in favor of Globus, (b) reduced the revolving credit commitment to $22.5 millioncash and the term loan commitment to $5 million, (c) revised the existing financial covenant package, and (d) extended the commitment expiry date from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2019. In connection with the prepayment of the term loan under the Amended Credit Facility, we incurred a prepayment fee of $0.6 million payable to MidCap. On March 30, 2017, we entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2017 to April 2018, and on March 8, 2018, we entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2017 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million through March 31, 2019.cash equivalents:

The term loan interest rate is priced at the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 8.0%, subject to a 9.5% floor, and the revolving line of credit interest rate remains priced at LIBOR plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2017, the revolving line of credit carried an interest rate of 7.36% and the term loan carried an interest rate of 9.5%. The borrowing base is determined, from time to time, based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable. As collateral for the Amended Credit Facility, we granted MidCap a security interest in all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing its interests in our subsidiaries. In addition to monthly payments of interest, monthly repayments of $0.2 million in 2017 and $0.3 million in 2018 through maturity are due, with the remaining principal due upon maturity.  As of December 31, 2017, $10.3 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $2.4 million was outstanding under the term loan.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(73,432

)

 

$

(46,412

)

Investing activities

 

 

(157,762

)

 

 

(23,859

)

Financing activities

 

 

311,966

 

 

 

130,829

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(1,289

)

 

 

94

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

79,483

 

 

$

60,652

 

The Amended Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained by us. The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

On September 1, 2016, we entered into the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan us up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement. We made an initial draw of $25 million under

46


the Globus Facility Agreement with an additional draw of $5 million made in the fourth quarter of 2016. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance under the Globus Facility Agreement was $30.0 million, which becomes due and payable in quarterly payments of $0.8 million starting November 2018 and the final payment due on September 30, 2021. The term loan interest rate is priced at LIBOR plus 8.0% through September 1, 2018, and LIBOR plus 13.0%, thereafter. On March 30, 2017, we entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement are effective from April 2017 to April 2018, and on March 8, 2018, we entered into a Second Amendment to the Amended Globus Facility Agreement to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Globus Facility Agreement are effective from April 2018 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million through March 31, 2019.

As collateral for the Globus Facility Agreement, we granted Globus a first lien security interest in substantially all of our assets, other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis.

We have various capital lease arrangements. The leases bear interest at rates ranging from 6.8% to 9.6%, are generally due in monthly principal and interest installments, are collateralized by the related equipment, and have various maturity dates through December 2022. As of December 31, 2017, the balance of these capital leases, net of interest totaled $0.2 million.

As of December 31, 2017, we have made $31.8 million in Orthotec settlement payments and there remains an aggregate $26.0 million of Orthotec settlement payments (including interest) to be paid by us.

Operating Activities

We used net cash of $8.7$73.4 million from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017. During this period, net2021. The cash used in operating activities consistedprimarily related to costs associated with the expansion of i) our net loss adjusted for non-cash adjustment, includingbusiness, inventory purchases and the $12.0 million gain from changegeneral timing of fair valuecash receipts, offset by the timing of warrants, $7.5 million of depreciation and amortization expenses, $3.9 million of share based compensation, and $2.5 million of inventory reserve expenses, and ii) changes in carrying amounts of operating assets and liabilities, primarily a decrease of $9.5 million in long term liabilities, a decrease of $6.2 million in accrued expenses and a decrease of $4.2 million in accounts receivable.cash distributions.

Investing Activities

We used cash of $6.5$157.7 million in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, which is primarily forrelated to our acquisition of EOS, including the purchase of its convertible bonds (“OCEANEs”), the purchase of surgical instruments to support our business growth and the commercial launch of $7.6 million, netnew products, capital expenditures associated with product development machinery and tools and the build-out of $1.1 million of cash received from sale of instruments.our distribution facility in Memphis, and other investments.

Financing Activities

Financing activities provided net cash of $17.8$312.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, primarily attributablerelated to the proceeds from the issuance of our 20172026 Notes and the closing of the Private Placement which provided neton March 1, 2021, partially offset by cash proceedspaid for the full repayment of $17.1 million, and issuance of common stock to certain board of directors for $3.7 million, exercise of warrants issued in our 2017 Private Placement of $3.3 million and issuance of common stockobligations under the Employee Stock Purchase PlanTerm Loan and Inventory Financing Agreement, purchase of $0.2 million.  Under the MidCap Amended Credit Facility, we made net paymentsCapped Calls, and repurchase of $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. We also made principal payments on notes payable and capital leases totaling $4.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017.our common stock.

47


Table of Contents

Debt and Commitments

As of December 31, 2021, we had $316.3 million outstanding under the 2026 Notes. The 2026 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 0.75%, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Prior to maturity in August 2026, the holders of the 2026 Notes may, under certain circumstances, choose to convert their notes into shares of our common stock. Based on the terms, we have the option to pay or deliver cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, when a conversion notice is received.

We assumed the OCEANE convertible bonds issued by EOS in connection with our acquisition of EOS. The OCEANEs bear interest at 6% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 31 and November 30 of each year. Unless either earlier converted or repurchased, the outstanding OCEANEs of $14.1 million (€12.5 million) will mature on May 31, 2023.

We also assumed $5.3 million (€4.8 million) in other debts with the acquisition of EOS that are due in monthly and quarterly installments beginning in 2023 through maturity in 2027.

As of December 31, 2021, we have made $49.0 million in Orthotec settlement payments and there remains an outstanding balance of $8.5 million in Orthotec settlement payments to be paid by us in quarterly installments through October 2023.

With the acquisition of EOS, we assumed its inventory purchase commitment agreement with a third-party supplier. The Company is obligated to certain minimum purchase commitment requirements through December 2025. As of December 31, 2021, the remaining minimum purchase commitment under the agreement was $33.5 million.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 20172021 are summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

 

Payment Due by Year

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

Thereafter

 

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap

 

$

13,274

 

 

$

2,379

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,895

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Amended Facility Agreement with Globus

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

21,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

15,784

 

 

 

4,892

 

 

 

5,404

 

 

 

3,460

 

 

 

2,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable for software agreements

 

 

200

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

253

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

5,879

 

 

 

1,679

 

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

1,624

 

 

 

993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation settlement obligations

 

 

30,696

 

 

 

5,783

 

 

 

5,559

 

 

 

5,321

 

 

 

4,668

 

 

 

4,814

 

 

 

4,551

 

Guaranteed minimum royalty obligations

 

 

6,452

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

943

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

1,436

 

Stock price guarantee (1)

 

 

6,789

 

 

 

4,485

 

 

 

2,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New product development milestones (2)

 

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

Total

 

$

109,927

 

 

$

22,309

 

 

$

19,491

 

 

$

25,660

 

 

$

30,511

 

 

$

5,769

 

 

$

6,187

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 Year or Less

 

 

More than 1 Year

 

Senior Convertible Notes

 

$

316,250

 

 

$

 

 

$

316,250

 

Facility lease obligations (1)

 

 

40,764

 

 

 

4,405

 

 

 

36,359

 

Purchase commitments (2)

 

 

33,542

 

 

 

4,485

 

 

 

29,057

 

OCEANEs

 

 

14,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,113

 

Interest expense

 

 

14,991

 

 

 

4,265

 

 

 

10,726

 

Litigation settlement obligations, gross (3)

 

 

8,465

 

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,065

 

Other (4)

 

 

5,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,341

 

Development services plans

 

 

3,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,854

 

License agreement milestones (5)

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

2,050

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

2,503

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

1,833

 

Guaranteed minimum royalty obligations

 

 

2,450

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

2,130

 

Total

 

$

445,013

 

 

$

19,235

 

 

$

425,778

 

 

(1)

Based onIncludes our closing stock price as of December 30, 2017, the last trading date of the fiscal year, of $2.66 per share.  Pursuant to a three-year collaboration agreement, we agreed to make three annual payments to the collaborator as sole consideration for services provided, paidnew headquarters building lease that commenced in our common stock at a per share price of $23.35, which was equal to the average NASDAQ closing price of the common stock on the five days leading up to and including the date of signing the collaboration agreement. In February 2018, the Company reached a settlement agreement with the Collaborators pursuant to which the Company will pay the collaborators cash of $0.4 million as the final and total compensation under the collaboration agreement.  In addition, the Company and the collaborators agreed to a mutual release of each other of all rights and claims arising from the collaboration agreement.2021.

(2)

This commitment representsIncludes inventory purchase commitments of $33.5 million assumed with our acquisition of EOS.

(3)

Represents gross payments due to Orthotec, LLC pursuant to a Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among the Company and its direct subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings International C.V., Scient'x S.A.S. and Surgiview S.A.S.; HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III; and Orthotec, LLC and Patrick Bertranou.

(4)

Commitments representing cash repayments of government sponsored COVID relief initiatives at EOS.

(5)

Commitments representing payments in cash and isthat are subject to attaining certain sales milestones development milestones such as FDA approval, product design and functionality testing requirements, which we believe are reasonably likely to be achieved during the period from 2018 through 2020.achieved.

48


Table of Contents

Real Property Leases

In January 2016,On April 9, 2021, we entered into 7-year operating lease agreement for a new distribution center which consists of approximately 75,643 square feet of office and warehouse space in Memphis, Tennessee. The term of the lease commenced on May 1, 2021 and will terminate on May 1, 2028, subject to two thirty-six-month options to renew. Base rent under the building lease will be commensurate with our proportionate share of occupancy of the building as we expand and will increase annually by 3.0% throughout the remainder of the lease.

With the acquisition of EOS, we assumed its right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the amount of $4.3 million. EOS occupies its main office in Paris, France. The EOS office in Paris, France is an operating lease that commenced in 2019 and will terminate in September 2028.

On December 4, 2019, we entered into a new lease agreement, or theNew Building Lease, for our headquarters location which consists of 121,541 square feet of office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California withCalifornia. The term of the lease term through July 31, 2021. Under theNew Building Lease our monthlycommenced on February 1, 2021 and terminates January 31, 2031, subject to two sixty-month options to renew. Base rent payable is approximately $105,000under the New Building Lease for the first twelve months of the term will be $0.2 million per month subject to full abatement during months two through ten, and thereafter will increase annually by 3.0% throughout the first year and increases by approximately $3,000 each year thereafter.remainder of the lease. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2017,2021, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories goodwill and intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believedwe believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptionsassumption conditions.

We believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from product sales in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements, and financial instruments. Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when all fourits customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. We only apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services that we transfer to the customer.

49


Table of Contents

Sales are derived primarily from the sale of spinal implant products to hospitals and medical centers through direct sales representatives and independent distributor agents, and with the acquisition of EOS, includes imaging equipment and related services. Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of products to customers, either upon shipment of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii)product or delivery of the product to the customer depending on the shipping terms, or when the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, we account for revenue under provisions which set forth guidelines for the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance. Determination of criteria

48


(iii) and (iv) are based on management’s judgment regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged for products delivered and the collectability of those fees. Specifically, our revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implants is recognized upon receipt of written acknowledgment that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately accept title to such implant. Should changes(implanted in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenues recognized for any reporting period could be adversely impacted.

The application of the multiple element guidance requires subjective determinations, and requires us to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separablea patient). Revenue from the other aspectssale of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (1) the delivered items has valueimaging equipment is recognized as each distinct performance obligation is fulfilled and control transfers to the customer, beginning with shipment or delivery, depending on a stand-alone basisthe terms. Revenue from other distinct performance obligations, such as maintenance on imaging equipment, and (2) ifother imaging related services, is recognized in the arrangement includes a general rightperiod the service is performed, and makes up less than 10% of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered itemsour total revenue. Revenue is considered probable and substantially in our control. In determining the units of accounting, we evaluate certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have stand-alone value,measured based on the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for the transfer of the relevant factsgoods or services specified in the contract with each customer.  In certain cases, we offer the ability for customers to lease our imaging equipment primarily on a non-sales type basis, but such arrangements are immaterial to total revenue in the years presented. We generally do not allow returns of products that have been delivered. Costs incurred by us associated with sales contracts with customers are deferred over the performance obligation period and circumstancesrecognized in the same period as the related revenue, except for each arrangement. In addition,contracts that complete within one year or less, in which case the associated costs are expensed as incurred. Payment terms for sales to customers may vary but are commensurate with the general business practices in the country of sale.

To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as discounts, rebates, and customer payment penalties, we consider whetherestimate the buyer can useamount of variable consideration that should be included in the other deliverables for their intended purpose withouttransaction price utilizing either the receiptexpected value method or the most likely amount method depending on the nature of the remaining elements,variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the valuetransaction price are based largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and all information that is reasonably available, including historical, current, and forecasted information.

We record a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when we have an obligation to provide a product or service to the customer and payment is received in advance of our performance. When we sell a product or service with a future performance obligation, revenue is deferred on the unfulfilled performance obligation and recognized over the related performance period. Generally, we do not have observable evidence of the deliverablestandalone selling price related to our future service obligations; therefore, we estimate the selling price using an expected cost plus a margin approach. The transaction price is dependent on the undelivered items, and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered elements.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative standalone selling price method. The use of alternative estimates could result in a different amount of revenue deferral.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory

Most of our inventory is comprised of finished goods, and we primarily utilize third-party suppliers to produce our products. Specialized implants, fixation products, biologics, and disposables are determined by utilizing a standard cost method, which includes capitalized variances, which approximates the weighted average cost. Imaging equipment and the applicable revenue recognition criteriarelated parts are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period or pattern of recognition. We determine the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or management's best estimate of selling price (BESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs.

Inventories

valued at weighted average cost. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method.net realizable value. We review the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess obsolete and impairedobsolescence and adjust inventory andto its net realizable value as necessary.

We record a reserve for the identified items. We calculate anlower of cost or net realizable value inventory reserve (“LCNRV”) for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnoverour expected use of inventory on hand. Our inventory, which consists primarily of specialized implants, fixation products, biologics, and assumptions about future demand fordisposables is at risk of obsolescence due to the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory. In order to market our products effectively and market conditions. Our biologicsmeet the demands of interoperative product inventories are subjectplacement, we maintain and provide surgeons and hospitals with a variety of inventory products and sizes. For each surgery, fewer than all components will be consumed. The need to demand fluctuations based on the availabilitymaintain and demand for alternative implant products. provide such a variety of inventory causes inventory to be held that is not likely to be used.

50


Table of Contents

Our estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are subjectreviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. The estimates and assumptions are determined primarily based on current usage of inventory and the age of inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, we consider recent experience to uncertainty as we are continually reviewingdevelop assumptions about future demand for our existing products, while considering market conditions, product life cycles and introducing new products.product launches. Increases in the LCNRV reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increasecharge to cost of revenuessales.

For the year ended December 31, 2021 and establishDecember 31, 2020, we recorded a new cost basiswrite-down for theexcess and obsolete inventory component.of $11.1 million and $7.0 million, respectively.

Valuation of Intangible AssetsGoodwill

We assessOur goodwill represents the impairmentexcess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired from our business combinations. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets annually in December or wheneverarising from business conditions changecombinations and an earlier impairment indicator arises. This assessmentasset acquisitions requires us to make assumptionsextensive use of accounting estimates and judgments regardingto allocate the carryingpurchase price to the fair value of these assets. Thesethe net tangible and intangible assets areacquired. Goodwill is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstance warrant such a review. Goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are comprised primarily of purchased technology, customer relationships, trade name, trademarks, and in-process research and development. We make significant judgments in relation to the valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations and asset acquisitions. Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 2 to 12 years. We base the useful lives and related amortization expense on the period of time we estimate the assets will generate net sales or otherwise be used. We also periodically review the lives assigned to our intangible assets to ensure that our initial estimates do not exceed any revised estimated periods from which we expect to realize cash flows. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned factors or estimates, the likelihood of a material change in our reported results would increase. We evaluate our intangible assets with finite lives for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon our assessment of certain eventsrecoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or changes in circumstances, including the following:

a determination that the carrying value of such assets cannot be recovered through undiscounted cash flows;

loss of legal ownership or title to the assets;

projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our strategic business objectives and utilizationuse of the assets;acquired assets or

the impact ofstrategy for our overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends.

If this evaluation indicates that the assets are considered tovalue of the intangible asset may be impaired, we make an assessment of the impairment we recognize isrecoverability of the amount by which thenet carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the asset over the remaining amortization period, we reduce the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. Significant judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow valuation models. It is possible that plans may change and estimates used may prove to be inaccurate. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, exceedswe could incur additional impairment charges.

Valuation of Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for equity-classified awards, principally related to restricted stock units, or RSUs, and performance restricted stock units, or PRSUs, is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the assets. Significant management judgment is required in estimating theaward. The fair value of our intangible assets.

Warrants to purchase common stock

Warrants are accounted for in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance provided in ASC 815 - Derivatives and Hedging as either derivative liabilities or as equity instruments depending onthat are expected to vest is recognized and amortized over the specific termsrequisite service period. We have granted awards with up to four year graded or cliff vesting terms. No exercise price or other monetary payment is required for receipt of the agreements.  Liability-classified instruments are recorded at fair value at each reporting period with any changeshares issued in fair value recognized as a componentsettlement of changethe respective award; instead, consideration is furnished in the form of the participant’s service.

4951


Table of Contents

The fair value of derivative liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations. We estimate liability classified instruments using the Black Scholes model, which require management to develop assumptions and inputs that have significant impact on such valuations. 

During each reporting period, we evaluate changes in facts and circumstances that could impact the classification of warrants from liability to equity, or vice versa

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactionsRSUs including PRSUs with employees be recognized in the financial statementspre-defined performance criteria is based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including: estimates of our future volatility, the expected term for our stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for our share-based awards.

We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock option awards. The calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regardingwhereas the following:

Estimated volatilityexpense for PRSUs with pre-defined performance criteria is a measureadjusted with the probability of achievement of such performance criteria at each period end. The fair value of the amount by which our stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. Our estimated volatility through December 31, 2017 was based on our actual historical volatility. An increase in the estimated volatility would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

The expected term represents the period of timePRSUs that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Our estimated expected term through December 31, 2017 was calculated using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option grant date to exercise for the options granted within the specified date range. An increase in the expected term would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

The risk-free interest rate isearned based on the yield curveachievement of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bondpre-defined market conditions, is estimated on the date the stock option award is granted withof grant using a maturity equal to theMonte Carlo valuation model. The key assumptions in applying this model are an expected term of the stock option award. An increase in thevolatility and a risk-free interest rate would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.rate.

The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We use historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Share-basedStock-based compensation recorded in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated forfeiture rates may differ from our actual forfeitures. We consider our historical experience of pre-vesting forfeitures on awards by each homogenous group of employees as the basis to arrive at our estimated annual pre-vesting forfeiture rates.

We estimate the fair value of stock options issued under our equity incentive plans and shares issued to employees under our employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model incorporates various assumptions including expected volatility, expected term and risk-free interest rates. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of our stock options and ESPP offering period which would affectis derived from historical experience. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the amountcontractual life of expense recognized during the period.option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. We have never declared or paid dividends and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

We account for stock option grants to non-employees under provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

Share-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods. As a result of these subjective and forward-looking estimates, the actual value of our share-based awards could differ significantly from those amounts recorded in our financial statements.

50


Stock-based compensation has been classified as follows in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

40

 

 

$

36

 

Research and development

 

 

127

 

 

 

438

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

480

 

 

 

258

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,255

 

 

 

894

 

Total

 

$

3,902

 

 

$

1,626

 

Effect on basic net loss per share

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

(0.19

)

Effect on diluted  net loss per share

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

(0.19

)

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. In making such a determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, theSee “Notes to Financial Statements - Note 2 - Recent Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard replaces all current U.S. GAAP guidancePronouncementsincluded elsewhere in this Annual Report on this topic and eliminates all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance, including all subsequent clarifications, is effective for us for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We performed an assessment of the impact of the new standard on the consolidated financial statements, and considered all items outlined in the standard. In assessing the impact, we outlined all revenue generating activities, mapped those activities to performance obligations and traced those performance obligations to the standard. We assessed the potential impact the change in standard will have on those performance obligations. Based on our assessment, the overall impact of adoption of the new revenue recognition standard is expected to be immaterial. We expect to adopt the standard using the modified retrospective approach, pursuant to which, the impact of adoption, if material, will be recorded as a cumulative catch up entry to accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2018, the date of adoption.Form 10-K.

In July 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value for entities that do not measure inventory using the last-in, first-out or retail inventory method. The guidance also eliminates the requirement for these entities to consider replacement cost or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The guidance was effective for us for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption, effective January 1, 2017, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for leases, including the requirement that all leases with durations greater than twelve months be recognized on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on our financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies, forfeitures, and tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. We adopted the standard for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2017. We elected to keep its policy consistent for the application of a forfeiture rate and, therefore, the adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

5152


In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which eliminates the diversity in practice related to the classificationTable of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows, by adding or clarifying guidance on eight specific cash flow issues. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented, unless deemed impracticable, in which case, prospective application is permitted. We are evaluating the new guidance and have not determined the impact this standards update may have on our financial statements.Contents

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which was created to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This guidance provides a screen to determine whether an integrated set of assets and activities is a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements in connection with the acquisition of SafeOp (Note 14).

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation, to provide clarity and reduce both 1) diversity in practice and 2) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to a change in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award.  ASU 2017-09 provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718.  The amendments in ASU 2017-09 are effective for fiscal and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period.  The amendments in ASU 2017-09 should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date.  We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2017-09 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements unless a transaction occurs that would need to be evaluated under this guidance at which time we will assess the impact of this standard.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope Exception. The ASU allows companies to exclude a down round feature when determining whether a financial instrument (or embedded conversion feature) is considered indexed to the entity’s own stock. As a result, financial instruments (or embedded conversion features) with down round features may no longer be required to be accounted for as liabilities. A company will recognize the value of a down round feature only when it is triggered and the strike price has been adjusted downward. For equity-classified freestanding financial instruments, such as warrants, an entity will treat the value of the effect of the down round, when triggered, as a dividend and a reduction of income available to common shareholders in computing basic earnings per share. For convertible instruments with embedded conversion features containing down round provisions, entities will recognize the value of the down round as a beneficial conversion discount to be amortized to earnings. The guidance in ASU 2017-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, and the guidance is to be applied using a full or modified retrospective approach. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2017-11 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements unless a transaction occurs that would need to be evaluated under this guidance at which time we will assess the impact of this standard.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest RateForeign Currency Exchange Risk

Our borrowings underAs our linebusiness in markets outside of creditthe United States continues to increase, we may be exposed to foreign currency exchange risks related to our foreign operations. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the United States and foreign currencies, primarily the euro, could adversely affect our financial results. We do not have any material financial exposure to one customer or one country that would significantly hinder our liquidity.

Commodity Price Risk

We purchase raw materials that are processed from commodities, such as titanium and stainless steel. These purchases expose us to market risk related tofluctuations in commodity prices. Given the historical volatility of certain commodity prices, this exposure can impact our product costs. However, because our raw material prices comprise a small portion of our cost of sales, we have not experienced any material impact on our results of operations from changes in interest rates. Ascommodity prices. A 10% change in commodity prices would not have had a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, our outstanding floating rate indebtedness totaled $41.1 million. The primary base interest rate is LIBOR. Assuming the outstanding balance on our floating rate indebtedness remains constant over a year, a 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would decrease pre-tax income and cash flow by approximately $0.4 million. Other outstanding debt consists of fixed rate instruments, including notes payable and capital leases.2021.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are set forth at the pages indicated in Item 15.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

52


Item 9A.

ControlsControls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in theour reports we file or submit pursuant tounder the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periodstimelines specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and PrincipalChief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizesrecognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and in reaching a reasonable level of assurance, management isnecessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our PrincipalChief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of ourCompany’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in SEC Rules 13a - 15(e) and 15d - 15(e) of the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.December 31, 2021. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officermanagement has concluded that ouras of December 31, 2021, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures wereare effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit underat the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting

Our management including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (asas defined in RulesRule 13a-15(f)) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subjectrefers to the risk that controls may become inadequate becauseprocess designed by, or under the supervision of, changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and PrincipalChief Financial Officer, has performed an assessmentand effected by our Board of our internal control overDirectors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting describedand the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in “Internal Control—accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

53


Table of Contents

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control - Integrated Framework” (2013 framework) issuedFramework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The objectiveCommission (2013 framework) to evaluate the effectiveness of this assessment was to determine whether ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.  Based2021, based on those criteria.

Management excluded from its assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, the internal control over financial reporting of EOS which was acquired by the Company on May 13, 2021. This exclusion is consistent with guidance issued by the SEC that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be omitted from the scope of management's report on internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition. Total assets and net liabilities of EOS as of December 31, 2021 (excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, which were included in management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021) were approximately $52.1 million and $13.8 million, respectively. EOS represented $30.0 million of our consolidated net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. See a discussion of this assessment, management concludedacquisition in Note 3, Business Combination, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. This report states that our internal control over financial reporting was effective asand appears in “Report of December 31, 2017.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation reportIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in Part IV, Item 15 of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. We were not required to have, nor have we, engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to SEC rules that permit us to provide only management's report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are involved in ongoing evaluations of internal controls. In anticipation of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, with the assistance of other members of our management, performed an evaluation of any change in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. There werehas been no changes inchange to our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection withduring our evaluation of such internal controlmost recent fiscal quarter that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that havehas materially affected, or areis reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information

On March 8, 2018, Alphatec Holdings, Alphatec Spine and Midcap entered into a Seventh Amendment (the “Midcap Seventh Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Facility with Midcap. The Midcap Sixth Amendment amends the defined time periods during which we are required to calculate the fixed charge coverage ratio in order to determine our compliance with the applicable covenants of the Amended Credit Facility with Midcap.None.

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

 

53


On March 8, 2018, Alphatec Holdings, Alphatec Spine and Globus entered into a Second Amendment (the “Globus Second  Amendment”) to the Globus Facility Agreement. The Globus First Amendment amends the defined time periods during which we are required to calculate the fixed charge coverage ratio in order to determine our compliance with the applicable covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement.

The foregoing descriptions do not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Midcap Seventh Amendment and the Globus Second Amendment, copies of which will be filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2018.

 

54


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Management,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,” and “Code of Conduct and Ethics” in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.10-K.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Executive Officer and Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation Practices and Policies Relating to Risk Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.10-K.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and the planned proposal entitled “Adoption of Equity Incentive Plan” in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.10-K.

Item 13.

The information required by Item 13this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Management” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.10-K.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the caption “Independent Public Accountants” in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.10-K.

55


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15 (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements:

 

 

Page

ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsOperations

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-9

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

F-10

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-12

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10F-13

 

Item 15(a)(3) Exhibits List

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2016, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 2.1)

 

07/26/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2.22.1

 

First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2016, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 2.1)99.1)

 

09/08/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2.3

 

Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and First Amendment to Product Manufacture and Supply Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2017, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 2.3)

 

03/31/201717

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.2)

 

04/20/06

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amendment to Restatedthe Certificate of Incorporation of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1(B))

 

08/24/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Restated Bylaws of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Amendment No. 5 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.4)

 

05/26/06

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Form of Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A convertible Preferred Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

 

03/23/201717

000-52024

56


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

3.5

Form of Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series B convertible Preferred Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/20/14

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56


Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing

Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

4.2

 

Corporate GovernanceAmended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 17, 2009, betweenApril 16, 2018, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and the Company and certain shareholders of Scient’x Groupe S.A.S. and Scient’x S.A.other signatories thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

12/22/09

000-52024

    4.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto

Form 8-K8-K/A

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/31/10

000-52024

    4.4

Warrant with Silicon Valley Bank as the Warrantholder, dated December 16, 2011

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.8)

03/05/1204/16/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.54.3

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to each of Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P.Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 6, 2018, by and Deerfield Special Situations International Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, “Deerfield”) on each of March 17, 2014among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and November 21, 2014.the other signatories thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-KS-3/A

(Exhibit 4.1)4.5)

 

03/19/1411/13/18

 

000-52024333-221085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.64.4

 

Form of Warrant issued to certain investors on March 28, 2017

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/23/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.74.5

 

Form of Warrant issued to certain investors on March 8, 2018

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

03/12/18

000-52024

4.6

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

 

03/23/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.84.7

 

Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. issued to Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

Form 8-K10-Q

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

10/02/1711/05/20

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.14.8

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Agreement dated asCommon Stock of October 2, 2017, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Patrick Miles.issued in connection with financing dated November 6, 2018

Form S-3/A

(Exhibit 4.11)

11/13/18

333-221085

4.9

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. issued in connection with financing dated June 21, 2019

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

10/02/1706/27/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.24.10

 

Purchase Agreement dated asForm of October 2, 2017, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Quentin Blackford.Merger Warrant

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)4.3)

 

10/02/1703/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.34.11

 

Securities PurchaseRegistration Rights Agreement  dated as of March 22, 2017, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and each purchaser named in the signature pages theretoSquadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC and Tawani Holdings LLC, dated November 6, 2018

Form S-3/A

(Exhibit 4.5)

11/13/18

333-221085

4.12

Registration Rights Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC and Tawani Holdings LLC, dated June 21, 2019

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)10.2)

06/27/19

000-52024

57


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

4.13

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.15)

 

03/23/1717/20

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.44.14

 

Engagement Letter between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Rodman & Renshaw, a unitForm of H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLCCommon Stock Purchase Warrant

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)4.1)

 

03/23/1706/04/20

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.54.15

 

Form of Support AgreementAmendment to Warrant

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.3)4.2)

 

03/23/1706/04/20

000-52024

4.16

Form of Second Amendment to Warrant

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.3)

06/04/20

000-52024

4.17

Registration Rights Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC and Tawani Holdings LLC, dated May 29, 2020

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.4)

06/04/20

000-52024

4.18

Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2020

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

12/17/20

000-52024

4.20

Indenture, dated as of August 10, 2021, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

8/10/21

000-52024

4.21

Form of certificate representing the 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026.

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

8/10/21

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Property Lease Agreements

  10.6

Lease Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Fenton Property Company., dated as of January 21, 2016

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

03/15/16

000-52024

LoanSecurities Purchase Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.7†10.1

 

Amended and Restated Credit, Security and GuarantySecurities Purchase Agreement dated August 30, 2013 by and amongas of March 8, 2018, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec International LLC, Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and MidCap Funding IV, LLCeach purchaser named in the signature pages thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q/A8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

10/21/1503/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 10.8†

Real Property Lease Agreements

10.4

 

First Amendment to AmendedLease Agreement by and Restated Credit, Securitybetween Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Guaranty Agreement,RAF Pacifica Group - Real Estate Fund IV, LLC; ARKA Monterey Park, LLC, and 170 Arrowhead Partners, LLC, dated March 17, 2014, with MidCap Funding IV, LLC as Administrative Agent and lender and other lenders from time to time a party theretoof December 4, 2019

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A10-K

(Exhibit 10.3)10.3

 

10/21/15

000-52024

57


Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing

Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

  10.9†

Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated July 10, 2015, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

11/03/1517/20

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 10.10†

 

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 11, 2016, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

05/06/16

000-52024

  10.11†

Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated August 9, 2016, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.6)

3/31/17

000-52024

  10.12†

Consent and Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated September 1, 2016 with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

11/09/16

000-52024

  10.13†

Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

05/12/17

000-52024

  10.14

Amended and Restated Term Loan Note, dated July 10, 2015, with MidCap Funding IV Trust

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

11/03/15

000-52024

Capped Call Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1510.4

 

Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated September 1, 2016 with Globus Medic, Inc.Form of Confirmation of Call Option Transaction

 

 

 

Form 10-Q8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

11/09/16

000-52024

  10.16†

First Amendment to the Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 30, 2017 with Globus Medical, Inc.

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

05/12/178/10/21

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreements with Respect to Product Supply, Collaborations, Licenses, Research and Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.17†10.12†

 

Supply Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated as of October 18, 2004 and amended by Letter of Amendment in respect of the Supply Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004

 

 

 

Amendment No. 4 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.29)

 

05/15/06

 

333-131609

58


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing Date

 

  10.18†

Letter Amendment between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated November 24, 2010

Form 10-QSEC File/

(Exhibit 10.3)Reg.

05/06/11

000-52024Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.19†10.13†

 

Product ManufactureLetter Amendment between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Supply Agreement,Invibio, Inc., dated September 1, 2016 with Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.November 24, 2010

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)10.3)

 

11/09/1605/06/11

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreements with Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.20*10.15*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Terry Rich, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc.,with J. Todd Koning datedDecember 10, 2016 April 6, 2021

 

 

 

Form 10-K8-K

(Exhibit 10.29)10.1)

 

03/31/04/8/21

000-52024

10.16*

Employment Agreement with Jon Allen dated October December 10, 2016

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.21*10.17*

 

Employment Agreement with Jeffrey G. BlackCraig E. Hunsaker dated February 10, 2017September 14, 2016

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)10.5)

 

05/12/2717

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.22*10.18*

 

Employment Agreement with Jon AllenBrian Snider dated October December 10, 2016February 27, 2017

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)10.6)

 

05/12/2717

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.23*10.19*

 

Employment Agreement with Craig E. Hunsakerby and among Patrick S. Miles, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, September 14, 2016October 2, 2017

 

 

 

Form 10-Q10-K

(Exhibit 10.5)10.26)

 

05/12/2703/09/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20*

Employment Agreement by and among Mark Ojeda, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, September 17, 2018

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.28)

03/17/20

000-52024

10.21*

Employment Agreement by and among Eric Dasso, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, August 2, 2019

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.29)

03/17/20

000-52024

10.22*

Employment Agreement by and among Kelli Howell, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated March 10, 2018

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.30)

03/17/20

000-52024

10.23*

Employment Agreement by and among Dave Sponsel, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated March 4, 2018

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.31)

03/17/20

000-52024

10.24*

Severance Agreement between Dave Sponsel and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated March 11, 2019

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

05/11/20

000-52024

10.25*

Severance Agreement between Eric Dasso and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated March 11, 2019

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

05/11/20

000-52024

10.26*

Severance Agreement between Kelli Howell and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated March 11, 2019

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)

05/11/20

000-52024

10.27*

Severance Agreement between Mark Ojeda and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated March 11, 2019

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.5)

05/11/20

000-52024

10.28*

Severance Agreement between Patrick S. Miles and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated February 18, 2021

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

02/22/21

000-52024

10.29*

Severance Agreement between Craig E. Hunsaker and Alphatec Spine, Inc dated February 18, 2021

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

02/22/21

000-52024

5859


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.24*10.30*

 

EmploymentForm of Change in Control Agreement with Brian Snider dated February 27, 2017entered into separate between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Dave Sponsel, Eric Dasso, Kelli Howell, Mark Ojeda

 

 

 

Form 10-Q10-K

(Exhibit 10.6)10.30)

 

03/05/12/27

000-52024

  10.25*

Resignation and Transition Agreement, as amended, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Ebun S. Garner, dated January 23, 2017

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.7)

05/12/27

000-52024

  10.26*

Employment Agreement by and among Patrick S. Miles, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated October 2, 2017

X

  10.27*

Separation agreement between Mike Plunkett and Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

X

  10.28*

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each of the Company’s non-employee directors

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.5)

05/05/09

000-52024

  10.29*

Vesting Acceleration Agreement by and between Leslie H. Cross and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated June 15, 2017

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.11)

08/11/17

000-52024

  10.30*

Vesting Acceleration Agreement by and between Stephen O’ Neil and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated October 1, 2017

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.3)

10/2/1721

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31*

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 99.1)

 

03/23/13

 

333-187190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32*

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Schedule 14A

(Appendix B)

 

06/11/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33*

 

Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34*

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.40)

 

03/05/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35*

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.41)

 

03/05/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.42)

 

03/05/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37*

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Unit Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended.Plan.

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38*

 

Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase2016 Equity Incentive Award Plan

Schedule 14A

(Appendix C)

06/11/13

000-52024

  10.39*

Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

06/22/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.40*10.39*

 

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.First Amendment to 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

Form S-88-K

(Exhibit 10.1)10.2)

 

10/05/1618/18

 

333-213981000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40*

Second Amendment to 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

11/09/18

000-52024

10.41*

 

Third Amendment to 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

06/13/19

000-52024

10.42*

Fourth Amendment to 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

06/18/20

000-52024

10.43*

Amended and Restated 2016 Equity Incentive Award2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

06/22/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.42*10.44*

 

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. First Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

06/13/19

000-52024

60


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

10.44*

Second Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

06/21/21

000-52024

10.45*

2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59


Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing

Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

  10.43*10.46*

 

First Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

12/12/16

 

333-215036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.4410.47*

 

Second Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)10.3)

 

03/31/17

 

333-217055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.45*10.48*

 

Third Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated October 1, 2017.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.4)

 

10/2/17

 

000-52024

 10.46*

10.49*

  

Fourth Amendment to the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated March 6, 2018.

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.9)

03/12/18

000-52024

10.50*

Fifth Amendment to the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated May 13, 2019

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.11)

07/16/19

333-232661

10.51*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.47*10.52*

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.4)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.48*10.53*

 

Form of Performance Stock-Based Award Grant Notice and Performance Stock-Based Award Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.5)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settlement Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10.4910.54

 

Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, Orthotec, LLC, Patrick Bertranou and the other parties named therein

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

61


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

with this

Report

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

Filing Date

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Registrant's Subsidiaries

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.1101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document**Document-the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.2101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.3101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.4101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.5101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.6101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**Document

104

Cover page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(†)

Confidential treatment has been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to certain portions.

(**)

Confidential treatment is being requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.

6062


Table of ContentsSIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

 

By:

 

/s/    Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

 

By:

 

/s/    Jeffrey G. Black  J. Todd Koning

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey G. BlackJ. Todd Koning

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Patrick S. Miles and Jeffrey G. Black,J. Todd Koning, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ PATRICKs/ Patrick S. MILESMiles

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Mortimer Berkowitz III

 

/S/    TERRY M. RICH

Lead Director President

and Chief Operating

Officer

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Terry M. RichMortimer Berkowitz III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    MORTIMER BERKOWITZ IIIs/Beth Altman

 

Lead Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Mortimer Berkowitz IIIBeth Altman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/   QUENTIN BLACKFORDs/Evan Bakst

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Evan Bakst

/s/Quentin Blackford

Director

March 1, 2022

Quentin Blackford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    R. IAN MOLSONs/Jason Hochberg

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

R. Ian Molson

Jason Hochberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    DAVID H. MOWRYs/Karen K. McGinnis

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Karen K. McGinnis

/s/Marie Meynadier

Director

March 1, 2022

Marie Meynadier

/s/David H. Mowry

Director

March 1, 2022

David H. Mowry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    DONALD A. WILLIAMSs/David R. Pelizzon

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Donald A. WilliamsDavid R. Pelizzon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JEFFREYs/Jeffrey P. RYDINRydin

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Jeffrey P. Rydin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/James L. L. Tullis

Director

March 1, 2022

James L.L. Tullis

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    WARDs/Ward W. WOODSWoods

 

Director

 

March 9, 20181, 2022

Ward W. Woods

 

 

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

 

 

61


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsOperations

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-9

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

F-10

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-12

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10F-13

 

F-1


ReportTable of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmContents

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of Inventories - Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements

The Company records its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value (“LCNRV”). Quarterly, the Company records an adjustment to its LCNRV inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon its expected use of inventory on hand. To determine the expected use of inventory, management develops estimates and assumptions primarily considering if inventory items are currently being commercially marketed, and the age of inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, the Company considers recent sales experience to develop assumptions about future demand for its products, while considering product life cycles and new product launches.

F-2


Table of Contents

Inventories, net as of December 31, 2021 are $91.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $11.1 million of LCNRV charges related to excess and obsolete inventory.  

We identified management’s estimation of excess and obsolete inventories, and the related LCNRV inventory reserve, as a critical audit matter due to management’s manual process used to determine the estimate, and the significant judgments required by management to estimate future use of their products. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s assumptions related to expected use of inventory in future operations.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s judgments used to estimate excess and obsolete inventory and the related LCNRV inventory reserve included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s estimate of excess and obsolete inventories, including:

o

management’s assessment of assumptions used to identify excess and obsolete inventory and to estimate the related LCNRV inventory reserve.

o

the completeness and accuracy of data used in the calculation.

We evaluated the reasonableness of the methodology used by the Company to estimate the excess and obsolete inventories and related LCNRV reserve, by comparing actual results to the historical estimates.

We evaluated the key assumptions used in identifying the population of inventory with excess or obsolescence exposure that require a reserve and determining the amount of reserve to record.

We evaluated the appropriateness of the underlying data utilized in management’s analysis, including current inventory usage, product aging, recent sales and product life cycle.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

United States of America  

March 1, 2022

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.

F-3


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (“Company”) as of December 31, 2017,2020, and the related consolidated statementsstatement of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit,equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

We served as the Company’s auditor since 2017, which ended in 2021.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

San Diego, California

March 9, 20185, 2021

F-4


Table of Contents

 

F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TheTo the stockholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetinternal control over financial reporting of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the related consolidated statementsCommittee of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows forSponsoring Organizations of the year endedTreadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements2021, based on our audit.criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We conducted our audithave also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at EOS imaging S.A., which was acquired on May 13, 2021, and whose financial statements constitute total assets and net liabilities of $52.1 million and $13.8 million, respectively, and revenue of $30.0 million of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at EOS imaging S.A.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’seffective internal control over financial reporting.reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our auditsaudit included considerationobtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements referred to above present fairly,for external purposes in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016, in conformityaccordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become

F-5


Table of Contents

inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ErnstDeloitte & YoungTouche LLP

San Diego, California

March 30, 20171, 2022  

F-6


Table of Contents

 

F-3


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value data)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

22,466

 

 

$

19,593

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

187,248

 

 

$

107,765

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

14,822

 

 

 

18,512

 

 

 

41,893

 

 

 

23,527

 

Inventories, net

 

 

27,292

 

 

 

30,093

 

Inventories

 

 

91,703

 

 

 

46,001

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,767

 

 

 

4,262

 

 

 

10,313

 

 

 

5,439

 

Withholding tax receivable from Officer

 

 

 

 

 

1,076

 

Current assets of discontinued operations

 

 

131

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

Total current assets

 

 

66,478

 

 

 

72,824

 

 

 

331,157

 

 

 

184,160

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

12,670

 

 

 

15,076

 

 

 

87,401

 

 

 

36,670

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

5,248

 

 

 

5,711

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

25,283

 

 

 

1,177

 

Goodwill

 

 

39,689

 

 

 

13,897

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

85,274

 

 

 

24,720

 

Other assets

 

 

208

 

 

 

516

 

 

 

3,249

 

 

 

541

 

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

 

 

56

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

Total assets

 

$

84,660

 

 

$

94,188

 

 

$

572,053

 

 

$

261,223

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,878

 

 

$

8,701

 

 

$

25,737

 

 

$

17,599

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

22,246

 

 

 

27,589

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

3,306

 

 

 

3,113

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

55,549

 

 

 

35,264

 

Contract liability

 

 

15,255

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

342

 

 

 

4,167

 

Current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

4,212

 

 

 

885

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

312

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

29,742

 

 

 

40,135

 

 

 

101,095

 

 

 

58,312

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

37,767

 

 

 

43,092

 

Long-term debt

 

 

326,489

 

 

 

37,999

 

Operating lease liability, less current portion

 

 

24,383

 

 

 

41

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

20,206

 

 

 

28,862

 

 

 

17,061

 

 

 

11,388

 

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000 authorized at December 31, 2017

and 2016; 3,319 shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

 

23,603

 

 

 

23,603

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 15 and 0 shares authorized at

December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; 5 shares issued and outstanding at

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000 authorized; 19,857 and 9,049

shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Treasury stock, 2 shares, at cost

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(97

)

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000 shares authorized, and 3,319 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

23,603

 

 

 

23,603

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 15 shares authorized, and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000 authorized; 99,627 shares issued and 99,537 outstanding at December 31, 2021, and 82,294 shares issued and 82,104 shares outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

Treasury stock, 1,808 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2 shares at December 31, 2020

 

 

(25,097

)

 

 

(97

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

436,803

 

 

 

419,787

 

 

 

892,828

 

 

 

770,764

 

Shareholder note receivable

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,000

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

970

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (deficit) income

 

 

(5,994

)

 

 

1,204

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(459,459

)

 

 

(457,165

)

 

 

(782,325

)

 

 

(637,999

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(26,658

)

 

 

(41,504

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

84,660

 

 

$

94,188

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

79,422

 

 

 

129,880

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

572,053

 

 

$

261,223

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4F-7


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

101,739

 

 

$

120,248

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

39,406

 

 

 

44,114

 

Gross profit

 

 

62,333

 

 

 

76,134

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

4,920

 

 

 

9,248

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

41,158

 

 

 

50,962

 

General and administrative

 

 

23,220

 

 

 

26,339

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

688

 

 

 

934

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

2,206

 

 

 

2,292

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,736

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(856

)

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

71,336

 

 

 

91,511

 

Operating loss

 

 

(9,003

)

 

 

(15,377

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(7,482

)

 

 

(5,365

)

Gain (loss) on change of fair value of warrants

 

 

12,044

 

 

 

(687

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

(9,478

)

Other expenses, net

 

 

(133

)

 

 

(28

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

4,429

 

 

 

(15,558

)

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(4,574

)

 

 

(30,935

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(4,634

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(4,540

)

 

 

(26,301

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes

 

 

2,246

 

 

 

(3,624

)

Net loss

 

$

(2,294

)

 

$

(29,925

)

(Loss) income per share, basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.36

)

 

$

(3.06

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

0.18

 

 

$

(0.42

)

Net loss per share, basic

 

$

(0.18

)

 

$

(3.49

)

(Loss) income per share, diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(1.25

)

 

$

(3.06

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

0.17

 

 

 

(0.42

)

Net loss per share, diluted

 

$

(1.08

)

 

$

(3.49

)

Shares used in calculating basic net loss per share

 

 

12,788

 

 

 

8,582

 

Shares used in calculating diluted net loss per share

 

 

13,282

 

 

 

8,582

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from products and services

 

$

242,258

 

 

$

141,079

 

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

954

 

 

 

3,782

 

Total revenue

 

 

243,212

 

 

 

144,861

 

Cost of sales

 

 

85,450

 

 

 

42,360

 

Gross profit

 

 

157,762

 

 

 

102,501

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

32,015

 

 

 

18,745

 

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

229,271

 

 

 

129,156

 

Litigation-related expenses

 

 

11,123

 

 

 

8,552

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

5,348

 

 

 

688

 

Transaction-related expenses

 

 

6,365

 

 

 

4,223

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

1,697

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

285,819

 

 

 

161,364

 

Operating loss

 

 

(128,057

)

 

 

(58,863

)

Interest and other expense, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(7,108

)

 

 

(12,374

)

Loss on debt extinguishment, net

 

 

(7,434

)

 

 

(7,612

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(1,563

)

 

 

 

Total interest and other expense, net

 

 

(16,105

)

 

 

(19,986

)

Net loss before taxes

 

 

(144,162

)

 

 

(78,849

)

Income tax provision

 

 

164

 

 

 

145

 

Net loss

 

$

(144,326

)

 

$

(78,994

)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.50

)

 

$

(1.18

)

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

96,197

 

 

 

67,020

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5F-8


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,294

)

 

$

(29,925

)

 

$

(144,326

)

 

$

(78,994

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments related to continuing operations

 

 

123

 

 

 

3,635

 

Foreign currency translation realized to discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

18,523

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(7,198

)

 

 

116

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(2,171

)

 

$

(7,767

)

 

$

(151,524

)

 

$

(78,878

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-6F-9


Table of Contents

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICITEQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Series A Convertible

Preferred Stock

Additional

paid-in

 

 

Shareholder

note

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Accumulated

other

comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par Value

 

 

capital

 

 

receivable

 

 

stock

 

 

income (loss)

 

 

deficit

 

 

deficit

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

8,513

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

416,948

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

(21,188

)

 

$

(427,240

)

 

$

(36,576

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,626

 

Repurchase and/or forfeiture of

   common stock

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued for consulting services

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

Issuance of common stock for

   employee stock purchase

   plan

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

Warrant conversion

 

 

269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,074

 

Foreign currency translation

   adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,158

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,925

)

 

 

(29,925

)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

 

9,049

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

419,787

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

970

 

 

$

(457,165

)

 

$

(41,504

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,902

 

Common and preferred stock and

   warrants issued in private

   placement, net of offering costs of $1.7 million

 

 

1,810

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,118

 

Conversion of preferred stock into

   common stock

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock for

   employee stock purchase plan

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

231

 

Shares issued for acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

 

Common stock issued for vesting of

   restricted stock awards, net of

   shares repurchased for tax

   liability

 

 

183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for warrant

   exercises

 

 

1,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,337

 

Warrant derivative liability

   reclassified to equity due

   to exercise of warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,311

 

Issuance of common stock and

   warrants to board members

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

Net change from reclassification of

   warrants to and from liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,355

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,355

)

Foreign currency translation

   adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,294

)

 

 

(2,294

)

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

 

19,857

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

$

 

 

$

436,803

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

(459,459

)

 

$

(26,658

)

 

 

Common

stock

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

paid-in

capital

 

 

note

receivable

 

 

Treasury

stock

 

 

comprehensive

income

 

 

Accumulated

deficit

 

 

equity

(deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

82,104

 

 

$

8

 

 

 

$

770,764

 

 

$

(4,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,204

 

 

$

(637,999

)

 

$

129,880

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,728

 

Distributor equity incentives

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,339

 

Common stock issued for warrant

    exercises

 

 

3,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

Common stock issued for employee

   stock purchase plan and stock option

   exercises

 

 

796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,584

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,584

 

Common stock issued for vesting of

   restricted stock units, net of

   shares withheld for tax liability

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,801

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,801

)

Issuance of common stock for private

   placement, net of offering costs

   of $6,200

 

 

12,421

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

131,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,828

 

Shareholder note receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(1,806

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,000

)

Purchase of capped calls

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,866

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,198

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(144,326

)

 

 

(144,326

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

99,537

 

 

$

10

 

 

 

$

892,828

 

 

$

 

 

$

(25,097

)

 

$

(5,994

)

 

$

(782,325

)

 

$

79,422

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

Common

stock

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

paid-in

capital

 

 

note

receivable

 

 

Treasury

stock

 

 

comprehensive

income

 

 

Accumulated

deficit

 

 

equity

(deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

61,400

 

 

$

6

 

 

 

$

606,558

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,088

 

 

$

(558,924

)

 

$

43,631

 

Cumulative effect of change in

   accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(81

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,730

 

Common stock issued for

   conversion of Series A preferred

   stock

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributor equity incentives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

Common stock issued for warrant

   exercises

 

 

1,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,368

 

Common stock issued for

   employee stock purchase plan

   and stock option exercises

 

 

665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,970

 

Common stock issued for

   vesting of restricted stock units,

   net of shares withheld for tax

   liability

 

 

2,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(983

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(983

)

Issuance of common stock

   warrants, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,974

 

Issuance of common stock for

   public offering, net of offering

   costs of $7,300

 

 

13,143

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

107,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,698

 

Shareholder note receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

Issuance of common stock

   for other services

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Issuance of common stock for

   prepayment of debt

 

 

2,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,807

 

Foreign currency translation

   adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(78,994

)

 

 

(78,994

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

82,104

 

 

$

8

 

 

 

$

770,764

 

 

$

(4,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,204

 

 

$

(637,999

)

 

$

129,880

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 


F-7


 

F-11


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,294

)

 

$

(29,925

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

7,481

 

 

 

12,364

 

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

 

 

 

 

 

2,189

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

3,902

 

 

 

1,626

 

Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and debt

   issuance costs

 

 

2,761

 

 

 

3,630

 

(Recovery) Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

(164

)

 

 

620

 

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

2,542

 

 

 

5,663

 

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

(36

)

 

 

10

 

Gain on sale of business

 

 

(856

)

 

 

(7,935

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

3,863

 

Gain from change in estimated fair value of warrants

 

 

(12,044

)

 

 

687

 

Loss on sale of instruments

 

 

281

 

 

 

 

Other non-cash items

 

 

 

 

 

(261

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

2,350

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

4,153

 

 

 

8,000

 

Inventories

 

 

258

 

 

 

(5,742

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,080

 

 

 

1,074

 

Other assets

 

 

348

 

 

 

191

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,592

)

 

 

(4,865

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

223

 

 

 

 

Other Long term liabilities

 

 

(9,524

)

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

 

(6,248

)

 

 

(3,498

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(8,729

)

 

 

(9,959

)

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(7,596

)

 

 

(8,897

)

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(250

)

Proceeds from sale of business, net

 

 

 

 

 

69,790

 

Cash received from sale of assets

 

 

1,101

 

 

 

1,316

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(6,495

)

 

 

61,959

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of preferred and common stock, net

 

 

24,386

 

 

 

114

 

Borrowings under lines of credit

 

 

96,244

 

 

 

118,482

 

Repayments under lines of credit

 

 

(98,443

)

 

 

(134,792

)

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(572

)

 

 

(798

)

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

28,046

 

Principal payments on notes payable and term loan

 

 

(3,794

)

 

 

(54,444

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

17,821

 

 

 

(43,392

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

244

 

 

 

(85

)

Net increase in cash

 

 

2,841

 

 

 

8,523

 

Cash at beginning of year, including discontinued operations

 

 

19,752

 

 

 

11,229

 

Cash at end of year, including discontinued operations

 

$

22,593

 

 

$

19,752

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(144,326

)

 

$

(78,994

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26,756

 

 

 

10,949

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

36,450

 

 

 

17,659

 

Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

 

 

1,868

 

 

 

3,974

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

 

3,418

 

 

 

683

 

Write-down for excess and obsolete inventories

 

 

11,147

 

 

 

7,044

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

498

 

Loss on debt extinguishment, net

 

 

7,434

 

 

 

7,612

 

Impairment of investment

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

2,721

 

 

 

116

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(10,141

)

 

 

(7,484

)

Inventories

 

 

(27,746

)

 

 

(18,192

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

(2,930

)

Other assets

 

 

11

 

 

 

(51

)

Accounts payable

 

 

757

 

 

 

7,130

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

6,983

 

 

 

8,812

 

Lease liability

 

 

150

 

 

 

(1,312

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,852

 

 

 

(1,926

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(73,432

)

 

 

(46,412

)

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(68,544

)

 

 

(23,131

)

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

 

(62,133

)

 

 

 

Purchase of OCEANE

 

 

(21,097

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for investments

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(755

)

Cash received from sale of assets

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Settlement of forward contract

 

 

(2,988

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(157,762

)

 

 

(23,859

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from common stock offering, net

 

 

131,828

 

 

 

107,698

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

 

 

316,250

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(10,028

)

 

 

 

Net cash (paid) received from common stock exercises

 

 

(5,963

)

 

 

3,341

 

Borrowings under lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

42,455

 

Repayments under lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

(56,615

)

Purchase of capped calls

 

 

(39,866

)

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(25,000

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of term debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

34,008

 

Repayment of Squadron Medical Term Loan

 

 

(45,000

)

 

 

 

Repayment of Inventory Financing Agreement

 

 

(8,088

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(2,167

)

 

 

(58

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

311,966

 

 

 

130,829

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(1,289

)

 

 

94

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

79,483

 

 

 

60,652

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

107,765

 

 

 

47,113

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

187,248

 

 

$

107,765

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

5,027

 

 

$

6,330

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

223

 

 

$

190

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock warrants issued with term loan draw

 

$

 

 

$

2,974

 

Common stock issued for partial extinguishment of debt

 

$

 

 

$

33,807

 

PPP Loan Forgiveness

 

$

4,271

 

 

$

 

Common stock issued for development of intangible assets

 

$

 

 

$

123

 

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable

 

$

2,577

 

 

$

3,527

 

Financed inventory

 

$

4,015

 

 

$

 

Recognition of lease liability

 

$

23,403

 

 

$

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8F-12


Table of Contents

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

4,695

 

 

$

7,368

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

107

 

 

$

920

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of warrant liabilities to equity

 

$

14,355

 

 

$

 

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable

 

$

436

 

 

$

2,668

 

Common stock issued for acquisition of intangible assets

 

$

473

 

 

$

 

Capital lease additions included in property and equipment

 

$

156

 

 

$

 

Subscription receivable

 

$

300

 

 

$

 

Cashless warrant conversion

 

$

 

 

$

1,074

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTE

SNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company and Basis of Presentation

The Company

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiary,subsidiaries, Alphatec Spine, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Alphatec Spine”), SafeOp Surgical, Inc. (“SafeOp”), and EOS imaging S.A. (“EOS”), is a medical technology company focused on the design, developmentthat designs, develops, and promotion of productsmarkets technology for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. The Company has a comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral regions of the spine and covers a variety of spinal disorders associated with disease and surgical procedures.degeneration, congenital deformities, and trauma. The Company’s principal product offerings are focused onCompany markets its products in the U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions.

On September 1, 2016, the Company completed the saleand internationally via a network of its international distribution operationsindependent distributors and agreements to Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd., a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., and its affiliated entities (collectively “Globus”), including the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of the Company’s otherdirect sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy (collectively, the “International Business”), pursuant to a purchase and sale agreement, dated as of July 25, 2016 (as amended, the “Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (the “Globus Transaction”). As a result of the Globus Transaction, the Company's International Business has been excluded from continuing operations for all periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is reported as discontinued operations. See Note 4 for additional information on the divestiture of the International Business. The sale of the international operations represented a strategic shift and has a significant impact on the Company's operations and financial results.representatives.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and include the accounts of the Company and Alphatec Spine.its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company translates the financial statements of its foreign subsidiaries using end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates during each reporting period for results of operations. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company operates in one1 reportable business segment.

On August 24, 2016, the Company filed a certificate of amendment to its certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware to effectuate a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto give retrospective effect to the reverse stock split for all periods presented. All issued and outstanding common stock, options exercisable for common stock, warrants exercisable for common stock, restricted stock units, and per share amounts contained in the Company’s consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented.

The Company has incurred significant net losses since inception and has relied on its ability to fund its operations through revenues from the sale of its products, equity financings and debt financings. As the Company has historically incurred losses, successful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. This may not occur and, unless and until it does, the Company will continue to need to raise additional capital.  

The Company’s Board approved annual operating plan projects that its existing working capital at December 31, 2017 of $36.7 million (including cash of $22.5 million), along with the proceeds of the $39.7 million of the first close of a $45.2 million from private placement that closed on March 8, 2018 (see Note 14) and the amendments to its debt facilities (see Note 14), allows the Company to fund its operations through at least one year subsequent to the date the financial statements are issued.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. A going concern basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20162020 have been reclassified to conform to the current period'syear’s presentation. Reclassifications between changes in fair valueThese reclassifications were immaterial and have no impact on previously reported results of warrantsoperations or accumulated deficit.

Recent Developments

0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2026

In August 2021, the Company issued $316.3 million principal amount of unsecured senior convertible notes (the “2026 Notes”) with a stated interest rate of 0.75% and other income (loss) were made to improvea maturity date of August 1, 2026.The net proceeds from the comparabilitysale of the financial statements. None2026 Notes were approximately $306.2 million after deducting the offering expenses. See Note 6 for additional information on the 2026 Notes.

Acquisition of EOS

On May 13, 2021, the Company acquired a controlling interest in EOS, pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) it entered into on December 16, 2020, and in June 2021 purchased the remaining issued and outstanding ordinary shares for a 100% interest in EOS. EOS, which now operates as a wholly owned subsidiary of the adjustments had any effectCompany, is a global medical device company that designs, develops and markets innovative, low dose 2D/3D full body and weight-bearing imaging, rapid 3D modeling of EOS patient X-ray images, web-based patient-specific surgical planning, and integration of surgical plan into the operating room that collectively bridge the entire spectrum of care from imaging to post-operative assessment capabilities for orthopedic surgery. See Note 3 for additional information on the prior period net loss.business combination.

F-10F-13


Table of Contents

 

COVID-19 Pandemic

In 2020, a novel strain of Coronavirus, which causes COVID-19, was identified and declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic. The virus causing COVID-19 has since rapidly spread across the globe to all countries, including to the United States. To slow the spread of COVID-19, governments have implemented measures, which include the mandatory closure of businesses, and restrictions on travel. In addition, many government agencies in conjunction with hospitals and healthcare systems have, to varying degrees, deferred or suspended elective surgical procedures. While certain spine surgeries are deemed essential and certain surgeries cannot be delayed, the Company has seen and may continue to see a reduction in procedural volumes as hospital systems and/or patients elect to defer spine surgery procedures and hospital systems experience staffing shortages.

The cumulative effect of these disruptions had an impact on the Company’s business during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve and its full impact on the Company’s business will depend on several factors that are uncertain and unpredictable, including, the efficacy and adoption of vaccines, future resurgences of the virus and its variants, the speed at which government restrictions are lifted or enacted, and patient capacity at hospitals and healthcare systems.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United StatesU.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, andthe disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of property and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, allowances for doubtful accounts, and sales returns, the valuation of share based liabilities, valuation of warrantshare-based liabilities, deferred tax assets, property and equipment, inventory, investments, notes receivable and stock-based compensation, revenues, reserves for employee benefit obligations, restructuring liabilities, income tax uncertainties, and other contingencies.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by depositing its cash and investments with established financial institutions. As of December 31, 2017,2021, a substantial portion of the Company’s available cash funds is held in business accounts. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

The Company’s customers are primarily hospitals, surgical centers, and distributors anddistributors. NaN one single customer represented greater than 10 percent of consolidated revenues and accounts receivable for any of the periodsyears presented. Credit to customers is granted based on an analysis of the customers’ credit worthiness and creditworthiness. Credit losses have not been significant.

Revenue RecognitionCash and Cash Equivalents

The Company derives its revenues primarily fromcompany considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and have an original maturity of three months or less at the saletime of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, the Company accounts for revenue under provisions which set forth guidelines for the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance.purchase to be cash equivalents.

The Company’s revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implant products is recognized upon receipt of written acknowledgment that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately accept title to such product.

The application of the multiple element guidance requires subjective determinations, and requires the Company to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (1) the delivered items has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and (2) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the Company's control. In determining the units of accounting, the Company evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have stand-alone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. In addition, the Company considers whether the buyer can use the other deliverables for their intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining elements, whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered items, and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered elements.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period or pattern of recognition. The Company determines the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or management's best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs.

F-11


Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances for a portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices not specifically reviewed.invoices. In determining the provision for invoices not specifically reviewed, the Company analyzes historical collection experience. If the historical data used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect the Company’s future ability to collect outstanding receivables or if the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment of their ability to make payments, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Inventories, netF-14


Table of Contents

The Company’s accounts receivable generally have net 30-day payment terms. The Company generally does not allow returns of products that have been delivered. The Company offers standard quality assurance warranty on its products. The Company had no material bad debt expense and there were no material contract assets as of December 31, 2021.

Inventories

Most of the Company’s inventory is comprised of finished goods, which is primarily produced by third-party suppliers. Specialized implants, fixation products, biologics, and disposables are determined by utilizing a standard cost method that includes capitalized variances which approximates the weighted average cost. Imaging equipment and related parts are valued at weighted average cost. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method.value. The Company reviews the components of its inventory on a periodic basis for excess obsolete and impairedobsolescence and adjusts inventory andto its net realizable value as necessary.

The Company records a reserve for the identified items. The Company calculates anlower of cost or net realizable value inventory reserve (“LCNRV”) for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnoverits expected use of inventory on hand. The Company’s inventory, which consists primarily of specialized implants, fixation products, biologics, and assumptions about future demand fordisposables is at risk of obsolescence due to the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory. In order to market its products effectively and market conditions.meet the demands of interoperative product placement, the Company maintains and provides surgeons and hospitals with a variety of inventory products and sizes. For each surgery, fewer than all components will be consumed. The Company’s biologics inventories have an expiration based on shelf lifeneed to maintain and are subjectprovide such a variety of inventory causes inventory to demand fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative implant products. be held that is not likely to be used.

The Company’s estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. The estimates and assumptions are determined primarily based on current usage of inventory and the age of inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, the Company considers recent experience to develop assumptions about future demand for its products, while considering market conditions, product life cycles and new product launches. Increases in the LCNRV reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increasecharge to cost of revenuessales. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and establish2020, the Company recorded a new cost basiswrite-down for the part. Approximately $11.8excess and obsolete inventory of $11.1 million and $12.9$7.0 million, of inventory was held at consigned locations as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the related leases.

Intangible AssetsOperating Lease

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for indicators of impairment. The Company amortizesdetermines whether a contract is a lease or contains a lease at inception by assessing whether there is an identified asset and whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration over a period of time. If both criteria are met, the Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its intangibleright-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter, if modified. The Company recognizes a ROU asset and lease liability for its operating leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. The lease term includes any renewal options and termination options that the Company is reasonably assured to exercise. ROU assets and lease liabilities are based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The present value of operating lease payments is determined by using the incremental borrowing rate of interest that the Company would borrow on a collateralized basis for an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.  

Rent expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term based on the total lease payments and is included in cost of sales, research and development, and sales, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-15


Table of Contents

The Company aggregates all lease and non-lease components for each class of underlying assets into a single lease component and variable charges for common area maintenance and other variable costs are recognized as expense as incurred. Total variable costs associated with leases for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were immaterial. The Company had an immaterial amount of financing leases as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, which is included in property and equipment, net, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Valuation of Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired from the Company’s business combinations. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from business combinations and asset acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstance warrant such a review. Goodwill is considered to be impaired if the Company determines that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its respective fair value.

The Company’s annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill consists of one reporting unit. The Company completed its most recent annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill as of October 1, 2021 and determined that no impairment existed. In addition, no indicators of impairment were noted through December 31, 2021, and consequently 0 impairment charge was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are comprised primarily of purchased technology, customer relationships, trade name, trademarks, and in-process research and development. The Company makes significant judgments in relation to fifteen-yearthe valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations and asset acquisitions. Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 2 to 12 years. The Company bases the useful lives and related amortization expense on the period of time it estimates the assets will generate net sales or otherwise be used. The Company also periodically reviews the lives assigned to its intangible assets to ensure that its initial estimates do not exceed any revised estimated periods from which the Company expects to realize cash flows. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned factors or estimates, the likelihood of a material change in the Company’s reported results would increase. The Company evaluates its intangible assets with finite lives for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of the Company’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for its overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, the Company makes an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the asset over the remaining amortization period, the Company reduces the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. Significant judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow valuation models. It is possible that plans may change and estimates used may prove to be inaccurate. If actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, the Company could incur additional impairment charges. There were 0 impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the long-lived assets is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of theestimated future undiscounted cash flows expectedrelated to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset.asset are less than its carrying amount. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. There were no0 material impairment charges in 2017. In 2016, the Company recorded an impairment of intangible assets subject to amortization in the amount of $1.7 million.

Foreign Currency

Due to the sale of the International Business, the Company’s exposure of exchange rate fluctuations in 2017 was insignificant. Prior to the sale of the International Business the Company’s primary functional currency is the U.S. dollar, while the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries included the Japanese Yen, the Euro, the Brazilian Real, the British Pound and the Hong Kong Dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Net gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Net foreign currency gains or (losses) resulting from transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies are included in other income (expense), net and discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Forduring the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded an immaterial amount and $0.4 million2021 or 2020.

F-16


Table of net foreign currency losses in continuing operations, respectively.Contents

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

Warrants are accounted for in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance provided in ASC 815 - Derivatives and Hedging as either derivative liabilities or as equity instruments depending on the specific terms of the agreements.  Liability-classified instruments are recorded at fair value at each reporting period with any change in fair value recognized as a component of change in fair value of derivative liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company estimates liability classified instruments

F-12


using the Black Scholes model, which requires management to develop assumptions and inputs that have significant impact on such valuations. 

The Company periodically evaluates changes in facts and circumstances that could impact the classification ofAll warrants from liability to equity, or vice versa.  

The Company issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with a private placement transaction that closed on March 29, 2017.  These warrants contain a feature that could require the transfer of cash in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, as defined in such warrants (other than a Fundamental Transaction not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors).  From March 29, 2017, the issuance date, to September 30, 2017, the warrant holders did not control the Company’s Board of Directors, and therefore, since potential future cash settlement was deemed to be within the Company’s control, the warrants were classified in stockholders’ equity in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance. As described in more detail in Note 10, beginning in Q4 2017, a majority of the Board of Directors was represented by warrant holders, and thus could control a vote on a Fundamental Transaction that could require the Company to transfer cash to settle the warrants. As a result, the warrants were classified as a liability during the period whenyear ended December 31, 2020 qualified for classification within stockholders’ equity. There were 0 warrants issued during the warrant holders had control of the Board of Directors, with changes in the fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

In September 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, Deerfield exercised its right to convert all of its then outstanding warrants into shares of the Company's common stock based on the Black-Scholes value of the warrants. The outstanding warrants were converted into 268,614 shares of the Company's common stock. Prior to the conversion, the Company recorded the warrant liability at fair value and adjusted the carrying value of these common stock warrants to their estimated fair value at each reporting date with the increases or decreases in the fair value of such warrants at each reporting date recorded as other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.year ended December 31, 2021.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount of financial instruments consisting of cash restrictedand cash tradeequivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued compensation and current portion of long-termshort-term debt included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to their short maturities. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, management believes the fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value.

Authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

 

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quotedQuoted prices in active markets;markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

 

Level 2:

Inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets,Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly; andindirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requireactivity and that are significant to the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company does not maintain any financial instruments that are consideredfollowing table presents information related to be Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 instrumentsthe Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017. Liability2021 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

140,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

140,010

 

Total cash equivalents

 

$

140,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

140,010

 

There were no assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020.

The following table presents information related to the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Liability classified equity award

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

$

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Liability classified equity award (1)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,108

 

 

$

4,108

 

Foreign currency forward contract

 

 

 

 

 

878

 

 

 

 

 

 

878

 

Total

 

$

 

 

 

878

 

 

 

4,108

 

 

$

4,986

 

(1) A portion of this award is being accreted over the requisite service period. The amount in the above table includes the fair value of the vested and unvested portion of the award.

The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between the levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the periods presented.

F-17


Table of Contents

On March 16, 2021, the Company entered into 2 foreign currency forward contracts, with a notional amount of $8.0 million total, $4.0 million each (€6.7 million total and €3.3 million each), to mitigate the foreign currency exchange risk related to its EOS subsidiary. The contracts are not designated as hedging instruments. The Company classified warrantsthe derivative liabilities within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as observable inputs are available for the full term of the derivative instruments. The fair value of the forward contracts was developed using a market approach based on publicly available market yield curves and the term of the contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the foreign currency forward contracts were settled for $7.6 million (€6.7 million). The Company recognized a nominal loss from the change in fair value of the contracts during the year ended December 31, 2021. The loss on the contract settlement was recorded within other expense, net on the consolidated statements of operations and the cash settlement is included in investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021.

On December 18, 2020, the Company entered into a foreign currency forward contract, with a notional amount of $117.9 million (€95.6 million) to mitigate the foreign currency exchange risk related to the Tender Offer Agreement, denominated in Euros. The contract was not designated as a hedging instrument. The Company classified the derivative liability within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as observable inputs were available for the full term of the derivative instrument. The fair value of the forward contract was developed using a market approach based on publicly available market yield curves and the term of the contract. On March 2, 2021, the foreign currency forward contract was settled for $115.3 million (€95.6 million). The Company recognized a $1.7 million loss from the change in fair value of the contract during the year ended December 31, 2021. The loss on the contract settlement was recorded as other expense on the consolidated statement of operations and the cash settlement is included in investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company issued a liability classified equity award to one of its executive officers. The award vests in 2023 subject to continued service and a specific market condition. As the award will be settled in cash, it is classified as a liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued as the Company is using valuation models witha probability-weighted income approach, utilizing significant unobservable inputs. inputs including the probability of achieving the specific market condition with the valuation updated at each reporting period. The full fair value of the award was $3.1 million as of December 31, 2021 and is being recognized ratably as the underlying service period is provided.

The following table provides a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Level 3

Liabilities

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

266

 

Straight-line recognition of liability classified equity award

 

 

371

 

Change in fair value measurement

 

 

1,031

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

1,668

 

Straight-line recognition of liability classified equity award

 

 

1,028

 

Change in fair value measurement

 

 

(644

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

2,052

 

Fair Value of Long-term Debt

The fair value, based on a quoted market price (Level 1), of the Company’s 2026 Notes at December 31, 2021 was approximately $308.1 million. The fair value based on a quoted market price (Level 1), of the Company’s outstanding OCEANEs at December 31, 2021 was approximately $14.1 million. See Note 6 for further information.

F-18


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements, and financial instruments. Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

Sales are derived primarily from the sale of spinal implant products to hospitals and medical centers through direct sales representatives and independent distributor agents, and with the acquisition of EOS, includes imaging equipment and related services. Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of products to customers, either upon shipment of the product or delivery of the product to the customer depending on the shipping terms, or when the products are used in a surgical procedure (implanted in a patient). Revenue from the sale of imaging equipment is recognized as each distinct performance obligation is fulfilled and control transfers to the customer, beginning with shipment or delivery, depending on the terms. Revenue from other distinct performance obligations, such as maintenance on imaging equipment and other imaging related services, is recognized in the period the service is performed, and makes up less than 10% of the Company’s total revenue. Revenue is measured based on the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for the transfer of the goods or services specified in the contract with each customer.  In certain cases, the Company does offer the ability for customers to lease its imaging equipment primarily on a non-sales type basis, but such arrangements are immaterial to total revenue in the periods presented. The Company generally does not allow returns of products that have been delivered. Costs incurred by the Company associated with sales contracts with customers are deferred over the performance obligation period and recognized in the same period as the related revenue, except for contracts that complete within one year or less, in which case the associated costs are expensed as incurred. Payment terms for sales to customers may vary but are commensurate with the general business practices in the country of sale.

To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as discounts, rebates, and customer payment penalties, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method depending on the nature of the variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of the Company’s anticipated performance and all information that is reasonably available, including historical, current, and forecasted information.

The Company records a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when it has an obligation to provide a product or service to the customer and payment is received in advance of its performance. When the Company sells a product or service with a future performance obligation, revenue is deferred on the unfulfilled performance obligation and recognized over the related performance period. Generally, the Company does not have observable evidence of the standalone selling price related to its future service obligations; therefore, the Company estimates the selling price using an expected cost plus a margin approach. The transaction price is allocated using the relative standalone selling price method. The use of alternative estimates could result in a different amount of revenue deferral. The Company had current and non-current contract liability balances totaling $15.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. The Company had no contract liability balances as of December 31, 2020. The non-current contract liability balance is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognized $14.6 million of revenue from its contract liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 (in thousands):2021. The Company did not recognize revenue related to contract liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

 

Common Stock

Warrant

Liabilities

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

687

 

Changes in fair value

 

 

387

 

Conversion to common stock

 

 

(1,074

)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

 

Transfer from equity

 

 

29,413

 

Changes in fair value

 

 

(12,044

)

Exercises

 

 

(2,311

)

Transfer to equity

 

 

(15,058

)

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

-

 

F-13F-19


Table of Contents

 

The common stock warrant liabilities were measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model for the common stock warrant liabilities were: (a) a risk-free interest rate based on the rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to thoseopening and closing balances of the remaining contractual term of the warrants; (b) an assumed dividend yield of zero based on the Company’s expectation that it will not pay dividends in the foreseeable future; (c) an expected term based on the remaining contractual term of the warrants; and (d) an expected volatility based upon the Company's historical volatility over the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The significant unobservable input used in measuring the fair value of the common stock warrant liabilities associated with the Deerfield Facility Agreement (described in Note 5 below) was the expected volatility.contract liability are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2021

 

$

 

Contract liability assumed in acquisition of EOS

 

 

21,196

 

Payments received

 

 

11,590

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(14,635

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

18,151

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense consistsexpenses consist of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of the Company’s products.products and technologies. Research and development costs also include salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, and fees paid to external service providers, and costs associated with the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels.providers. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Litigation-related Expenses

LeasesLitigation-related expenses are costs incurred for the ongoing litigation, primarily with NuVasive, Inc. See Note 7 for additional information on ongoing litigation.

Transaction-related Expenses

The Company leases its facilitiesexpensed certain costs incurred throughout the year related primarily to the acquisition and certain equipmentintegration of EOS. These expenses primarily include third-party advisory and vehicles under operating leases, and certain equipment under capital leases. For facility leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent within accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.legal fees.

Product Shipment Cost

Product shipment costs for surgical sets are included in sales, general and marketing expenseadministrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Product shipment costs totaled $2.3$8.3 million and $2.7$5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accountsStock-based compensation expense for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized inequity-classified awards, principally related to restricted stock units, or RSUs, and performance restricted stock units, or PRSUs, is measured at the financial statementsgrant date based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including estimates of the future volatility of the Company’s stock price, the expected term for its stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for the Company’s share-based awards.

The Company uses a Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The calculation of theestimated fair value of the award. The fair value of equity instruments that are expected to vest is recognized and amortized over the requisite service period. The Company has granted awards usingwith up to four year graded or cliff vesting terms. No exercise price or other monetary payment is required for receipt of the Black-Scholes option pricing modelshares issued in settlement of the respective award; instead, consideration is affected byfurnished in the Company’s commonform of the participant’s service.

The fair value of RSUs including PRSUs with pre-defined performance criteria is based on the stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regardingwhereas the following:

Estimated volatilityexpense for PRSUs with pre-defined performance criteria is a measureadjusted with the probability of achievement of such performance criteria at each period end. The fair value of the amount by which the Company’s common stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s estimated volatility through December 31, 2017 was based on a weighted-average volatility of its actual historical volatility over a period equal to the expected remaining life of the awards.

The expected term represents the period of timePRSUs that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Through December 31, 2017, the Company calculated the expected term using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option date to full exercise for the options granted within the specified date range.

The risk-free interest rate isearned based on the yield curveachievement of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bondpre-defined market conditions, is estimated on the date the stock option award is granted withof grant using a maturity equal to theMonte Carlo valuation model. The key assumptions in applying this model are an expected term of the stock option award.volatility and a risk-free interest rate.

The assumed dividend yield is based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company used historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Stock-based compensation recorded in the Company’s consolidated statementstatements of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rates may differ from its actual forfeitures. The Company considers its historical experience of pre-vesting forfeitures which would affecton awards by each homogenous group of employees as the amountbasis to arrive at its estimated annual pre-vesting forfeiture rates.

F-20


Table of expense recognized during the period.Contents

F-14


 

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options issued under the Company’s equity incentive plans and shares issued to employees under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model incorporates various assumptions including expected volatility, expected term and risk-free interest rates. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the Company’s stock options and ESPP offering period which is derived from historical experience. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The Company has never declared or paid dividends and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

The Company accounts for stock option grants to non-employees in accordance with provisions which require that the non-employee awards are remeasured at each reporting period end and fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

Stock-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods.

Stock-based awards with market conditions are valued using the Monte Carlo valuation technique which requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that are not observable from the market. Stock based compensation for awards with both service and market conditions are recognized on a straight line basis over the longer of the derived service period or the requisite service period.  

Valuation of Stock Option Awards

The assumptions used to compute the stock-based compensation costs for the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.01

%

 

 

1.78

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average expected life (years)

 

 

6.02

 

 

 

5.69

 

Volatility

 

 

79

%

 

 

78

%

Stock-Based Compensation Costs

The compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

40

 

 

$

36

 

Research and development

 

 

127

 

 

 

438

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

480

 

 

 

258

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,255

 

 

 

894

 

Total

 

$

3,902

 

 

$

1,626

 

The amounts provided above include stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the vesting of stock options and awards granted to non-employees under consulting agreements.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In making such determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

F-15


Net Loss per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common sharesstock issued and outstanding for the period, as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split, without consideration for common stock equivalents.period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common sharesstock outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method as adjustedand the if-converted method for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split.convertible debt. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes, preferred shares, options, and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive. Due to the Company’s net loss position, the effect of including common stock equivalents in the EPS calculation is anti-dilutive, and therefore not included.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split stock split (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income, basic

 

$

(4,540

)

 

$

2,246

 

 

$

(26,301

)

 

$

(3,624

)

Change in fair value of warrants

 

$

12,044

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Net (loss) income, diluted

 

$

(16,584

)

 

$

2,246

 

 

$

(26,301

)

 

$

(3,624

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

12,827

 

 

 

12,827

 

 

 

8,646

 

 

 

8,646

 

Weighted average unvested common shares subject to

   repurchase

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(64

)

 

 

(64

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

 

 

12,788

 

 

 

12,788

 

 

 

8,582

 

 

 

8,582

 

Dilutive impact of warrants

 

 

494

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

13,282

 

 

 

13,282

 

 

 

8,582

 

 

 

8,582

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.36

)

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

(3.06

)

 

$

(0.42

)

Diluted net (loss) income per share

 

$

(1.25

)

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

(3.06

)

 

$

(0.42

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(144,326

)

 

$

(78,994

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

96,197

 

 

 

67,020

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.50

)

 

$

(1.18

)

F-21


Table of Contents

 

The anti-dilutive securities not included infollowing potentially dilutive shares of common stock were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share were as follows, as adjustedbecause their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the 1-for-12 reverse stock splityears presented (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

3,156

 

 

 

604

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

 

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

Options to purchase common stock and employee stock purchase plan

 

 

3,416

 

 

 

3,951

 

Unvested restricted stock units

 

 

8,703

 

 

 

8,216

 

Warrants to purchase common stock

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

20,184

 

 

 

24,881

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

 

 

3,829

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock awards

 

 

39

 

 

 

177

 

Senior convertible notes

 

 

17,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,228

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

49,578

 

 

 

37,077

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard replaces all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminates all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance, including all subsequent clarifications, is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company performed an assessment of the impact of the new standard on the consolidated financial statements, and considered all items outlined in the standard. In assessing the impact, the Company has outlined all revenue generating activities, mapped those activities to performance obligations and traced those performance obligations to the standard. The Company assessed the potential impact the change in standard will have on those performance obligations. Based on the Company’s assessment, the overall impact of adoption of the new revenue recognition standard is expected to be immaterial. The Company expects to adoption the standard using the modified retrospective approach where then impact of adoption, if material, will be recorded as a cumulative catch up entry to the beginning retained earnings balance as of January 1, 2018, the date of adoption.

F-16


In July 2015,2021, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes the measurement principleAccounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Issuer’s Accounting for inventory from the lowerCertain Modifications or Exchanges of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value for entities that do not measure inventory using the last-in, first-out or retail inventory method.Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options. The guidance also eliminates the requirement for these entities to consider replacement cost or net realizable value lessclarifies and reduces diversity in an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The guidance was effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption, effective January 1, 2017, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of theissuer’s accounting for leases, includingmodifications or exchanges of freestanding equity-classified written call options (i.e., warrants) that remain equity classified after a modification or exchange and provides guidance that clarifies whether an issuer should account for a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange as (1) an adjustment to equity and, if so, the requirement that all leases with durations greater than twelve months be recognized onrelated earnings per share (EPS) effects, if any, or (2) an expense and, if so, the balance sheet.manner and pattern of recognition. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including accounting2021, and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies, forfeitures, and tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted the standard for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2017. The Company elected to keep its policy consistent for the application of a forfeiture rate and, therefore, the adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which eliminates the diversity in practice related to the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows, by adding or clarifying guidance on eight specific cash flow issues. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented, unless deemed impracticable, in which case, prospective application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the new guidance and has not determined the impact this standards update may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which was created to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This guidance provides a screen to determine whether an integrated set of assets and activities is a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements in connection with the acquisition of SafeOp (Note 14).

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation, to provide clarity and reduce both 1) diversity in practice and 2) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to a change in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award.  ASU 2017-09 provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718.  The amendments in ASU 2017-09 are effective for fiscal and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in anyan interim period. The amendments inCompany early adopted ASU 2017-09 should be applied prospectively2021-04 on January 1, 2021 on a prospective basis. There were no changes to an award modified on or after the adoption date.  The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2017-09 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements unlessas of January 1, 2021 as a transaction occurs that would need to be evaluated under this guidance at which timeresult of the Company will assess the impact of this standard.adoption.

In July 2017,August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480);No. 2020-06, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) AccountingHedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies the accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement ofconvertible instruments. The guidance removes certain accounting models that separate the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope Exception. The ASU allows companies to exclude a down round feature when determining whether a financial instrument (or embedded conversion feature) is considered indexed to the entity’s own stock. As a result, financial instruments (or embedded conversion features) with down round features may no longer be required to be classified as liabilities. A company will recognize the value of a down round feature only when it is triggered and the strike price has been adjusted downward. For equity-classified freestanding financial instruments, such as warrants, an entity will treat the value of the effect of the down round, when triggered, as a dividend and a reduction of income available to common shareholders in computing basic earnings per share. For convertible instruments with embedded conversion features containing down round provisions, entities will recognizefrom the valuehost contract for convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 allows for a modified or full retrospective method of the down round as a beneficial conversion discount to be amortized to earnings. The guidance in ASU 2017-11transition. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlyyears, and early adoption is permitted,permitted. The Company early adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021, electing the modified transition method that allows for a cumulative-effect adjustment in the period of adoption. There were no changes to the consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2021 as a result of the adoption.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The guidance requires application of ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination. ASU No. 2021-08 adds an exception to the general recognition and measurement principle in ASC 805 where assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, including contract assets and contract liabilities arising from contracts with customers, are measured at fair value on the acquisition date. Under the new guidance, the acquirer will recognize acquired contract assets and contract liabilities as if the acquirer had originated the contract. The standard is to be applied using a full or modified retrospective approach. effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not anticipate thatintend to early adopt the adoptionstandard and is in the process of ASU 2017-11 will have a materialassessing the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements unless aand related disclosures.

F-17F-22


transaction occurs that would need to be evaluated under this guidance at which time the Company will assess the impactTable of this standard.Contents

 

3. Business Combination

The Company recognizes assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition.

On December 16, 2020, the Company entered into the Tender Offer Agreement with EOS, pursuant to which the Company agreed to commence a public tender offer (the “Offer”) to purchase all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, nominal value €0.01 per share (collectively, the “EOS Shares”) for a cash offer of €2.45 per EOS Share, and outstanding convertible bonds of EOS (“OCEANEs”) for a cash offer of €7.01 per OCEANE, which included accrued but unpaid interest. On May 13, 2021 (the “Change in Control Date”), the Company substantially completed the Offer, pursuant to which the Company purchased 59% of the issued and outstanding EOS Shares and 53% of the OCEANEs for $66.5 million in cash pursuant to the Offer. In addition, prior to the Change in Control Date, the Company had also acquired 30% of the issued and outstanding EOS Shares and 4% of the OCEANEs on the open market for $25.0 million in cash. After the Change in Control Date, the Company held a controlling financial interest in EOS representing 89% of issued and outstanding EOS Shares and 57% of OCEANEs, equal to approximately 80% of the capital and voting rights of EOS on a fully diluted basis.  The Offer was reopened on May 17, 2021 to purchase the remaining EOS Shares for $8.5 million, ultimately resulting in the acquisition of 100% of EOS Shares and 57% of the OCEANEs as of June 2, 2021. As of June 2, 2021, the total cash paid to acquire 100% of the EOS Shares and 57% of the OCEANEs was $100.0 million.

EOS, which now operates as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is a global medical device company that designs, develops and markets innovative, low dose 2D/3D full body and biplanar weight-bearing imaging, rapid 3D modeling of EOS patient X-ray images, web-based patient-specific surgical planning, and integration of surgical plan into the operating room that collectively bridge the entire spectrum of care from imaging to post-operative assessment capabilities for orthopedic surgery. The Company plans to integrate this technology into its procedural approach to spine surgery to better inform and better achieve spinal alignment objectives in surgery.

F-23


Table of Contents

The Company is still in the process of finalizing the purchase price allocation given the timing of the acquisition and the size and scope of the assets and liabilities subject to valuation. While the Company does not expect material changes in the outcome of the valuation, certain assumptions and findings that were in place at the date of acquisition may result in changes in the purchase price allocation. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

As of May 13, 2021

 

Cash paid for purchase of EOS shares at Change in Control Date

 

$

46,908

 

Cash paid for purchase of OCEANEs at Change in Control Date

 

 

19,620

 

Total cash paid at Change in Control Date

 

 

66,528

 

Fair value of investment in EOS Shares held prior to Change in

   Control Date

 

 

23,549

 

Fair value of investment in OCEANEs held prior to Change in

   Control Date

 

 

1,477

 

Total fair value of investment in EOS held prior to Change in

   Control Date

 

 

25,026

 

Fair value of noncontrolling interest acquired after Change in

   Control Date

 

 

8,454

 

 

 

$

100,008

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

16,778

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

9,083

 

Inventory

 

 

26,531

 

Other current assets

 

 

4,422

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

1,650

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

2,314

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

4,341

 

Goodwill

 

 

27,841

 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

 

56,000

 

Customer relationships

 

 

9,500

 

Trade names

 

 

6,000

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

395

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

21,196

 

Long-term debt

 

 

15,297

 

Other liabilities assumed

 

 

28,354

 

Total identifiable net assets

 

$

100,008

 

The purchase price, including cash paid at the Change in Control Date, the fair value of the investment held prior to the Change in Control Date, and the fair value of the noncontrolling interest acquired, exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded goodwill in connection with the acquisition. Goodwill primarily consists of expected revenue synergies resulting from the combination of product portfolios and cost synergies related to elimination of redundant facilities and functions associated with the combined entity. Goodwill recognized in this transaction is not deductible for tax purposes. The intangible assets acquired will be amortized on a straight-line basis over useful lives of ten years, seven years and ten years for technology-based, customer-related, and trade name related intangible assets, respectively. The estimated fair values of the intangible assets acquired were primarily determined using the income approach based on significant inputs that were not observable in the market.

Acquisition related costs of $5.8 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021, as transaction-related expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 included the operating results of EOS of $30.0 million of revenue and a net loss of $17.6 million in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, which combines the historical results of operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries as though the companies had been combined as of January 1, 2020. The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that may have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at such time. The unaudited pro forma results presented include non-recurring adjustments directly attributable to the business combination, including $3.1 million in amortization charges for acquired intangible assets, a $2.0 million adjustment related to the increased fair value of acquired inventory and $14.1 million in acquisition related expenses. The unaudited pro forma results include IFRS to U.S. GAAP adjustments for EOS historical results and adjustments for accounting policy alignment, which were materially similar to the Company. Any differences in accounting policies were adjusted to reflect the accounting policies of the Company in the unaudited pro forma results presented.

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total revenue

 

$

251,906

 

 

$

172,052

 

Net loss

 

 

(140,441

)

 

 

(111,967

)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.46

)

 

$

(1.17

)

4. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

15,328

 

 

$

19,870

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(506

)

 

 

(1,358

)

Accounts receivables, net

 

$

14,822

 

 

$

18,512

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

44,200

 

 

$

23,887

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(2,307

)

 

 

(360

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

41,893

 

 

$

23,527

 

 

Inventories net

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Raw materials

 

$

4,969

 

 

$

7,301

 

 

$

14,671

 

 

$

6,064

 

Work-in-process

 

 

502

 

 

 

823

 

 

 

5,712

 

 

 

1,982

 

Finished goods

 

 

37,933

 

 

 

38,469

 

 

 

71,320

 

 

 

37,955

 

 

 

43,404

 

 

 

46,593

 

Less reserve for excess and obsolete finished goods

 

 

(16,112

)

 

 

(16,500

)

Inventories, net

 

$

27,292

 

 

$

30,093

 

Inventories

 

$

91,703

 

 

$

46,001

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands, except for useful lives)as indicated):

 

 

Useful lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Useful lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

(in years)

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

(in years)

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Surgical instruments

 

 

4

 

 

$

53,198

 

 

$

53,095

 

 

 

4

 

 

$

130,432

 

 

$

76,669

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

7

 

 

 

5,503

 

 

 

5,435

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

11,092

 

 

 

6,562

 

Computer equipment

 

 

3

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

3,511

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

5,694

 

 

 

4,206

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

5

 

 

 

2,794

 

 

 

2,695

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3,861

 

 

 

1,380

 

Leasehold improvements

 

various

 

 

 

1,714

 

 

 

3,467

 

 

various

 

 

 

1,754

 

 

 

1,761

 

Construction in progress

 

n/a

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

445

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

7,292

 

 

 

2,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,045

 

 

 

68,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

160,125

 

 

 

93,316

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54,375

)

 

 

(53,572

)

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72,724

)

 

 

(56,646

)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,670

 

 

$

15,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

87,401

 

 

$

36,670

 

 

Total depreciation expense was $6.6$20.3 million and $7.4$9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. At December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, assets recorded under capital leases of $2.1$0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, were included in the machinery and equipment balance. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

F-18


Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands, except for useful lives)as indicated):

 

 

Remaining Avg.

Useful lives

 

 

Gross

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Intangible

 

December 31, 2021:

 

(in years)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Assets, net

 

Developed product technology

 

 

12

 

 

$

74,543

 

 

$

(5,768

)

 

$

68,775

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

 

10

 

 

 

5,732

 

 

 

(477

)

 

 

5,255

 

Customer relationships

 

 

5

 

 

 

14,732

 

 

 

(5,264

)

 

 

9,468

 

Distribution network

 

 

3

 

 

 

2,413

 

 

 

(1,840

)

 

 

573

 

In-process research and development

 

n/a

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

98,623

 

 

$

(13,349

)

 

$

85,274

 

 

Remaining Avg.

Useful lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in years)

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Remaining Avg.

Useful lives

 

 

Gross

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Intangible

 

December 31, 2020:

 

(in years)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Assets, net

 

Developed product technology

 

 

 

 

$

13,876

 

 

$

13,876

 

 

 

12

 

 

$

35,376

 

 

$

(23,056

)

 

$

12,320

 

Intellectual property

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

1,004

 

License agreements

 

 

2

 

 

 

5,738

 

 

 

5,265

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

5,536

 

 

 

(965

)

 

 

4,571

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

 

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

 

 

 

792

 

 

 

(119

)

 

 

673

 

Customer-related

 

 

8

 

 

 

7,458

 

 

 

7,458

 

Customer relationships

 

 

3

 

 

 

7,458

 

 

 

(3,968

)

 

 

3,490

 

Distribution network

 

 

8

 

 

 

4,027

 

 

 

4,027

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

4,027

 

 

 

(1,639

)

 

 

2,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,835

 

 

 

32,362

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,587

)

 

 

(26,651

)

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,248

 

 

$

5,711

 

In-process research and development

 

n/a

 

 

 

1,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,278

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

54,467

 

 

$

(29,747

)

 

$

24,720

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with the expiration and termination of the Supply Agreement with Globus Medical, defined below, the Company wrote off $32.6 million in fully amortized intangible assets. During the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of EOS, as further described in Note 3, the Company recorded additions to definite-lived intangible assets in the amount of $71.5 million.

 

Total expense related to amortization of intangible assets was $0.9$6.4 million and $1.6$1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. In-process research and development intangibles begin amortizing when the relevant products reach full commercial launch.

In connection with the saleF-26


Table of the International Business (see Note 4), the Company determined that certain intangible assets related to the Company's previous acquisition of Scient'x, including customer relationships, distribution network and key product tradename intangible assets, no longer had a business purpose and no cash flows associated with these assets are expected in the future. As a result, the Company recorded $1.7 million as intangible impairment expense during the year ended December 31, 2016. Prior to the impairment, amortization of these intangible assets had been recorded in amortization of acquired intangible assets within operating expenses.

During 2016, due to revised marketing strategies for an interbody fusion device, the Company evaluated the related intangible asset for impairment. As a result of this impairment analysis, the Company expensed $0.5 million as an impairment charge in cost of goods sold in 2016 for the write-off of intangible asset related to this product.Contents

 

The future expected

Future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 20172021 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$

801

 

2019

 

 

757

 

2020

 

 

756

 

2021

 

 

756

 

2022

 

 

756

 

 

$

9,436

 

2023

 

 

9,436

 

2024

 

 

9,333

 

2025

 

 

8,748

 

2026

 

 

8,748

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,422

 

 

 

39,573

 

Total

 

$

5,248

 

 

$

85,274

 

F-19


 

Goodwill

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2021 included the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

 

$

13,897

 

Additions

 

 

27,841

 

Foreign currency fluctuation

 

 

(2,049

)

December 31, 2021

 

$

39,689

 

There were 0 changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Commissions and sales milestones

 

$

3,360

 

 

$

4,202

 

Payroll and payroll related

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

2,384

 

Litigation settlements

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,400

 

Globus related accruals

 

 

 

 

 

3,830

 

Accrued professional fees

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

3,093

 

Royalties

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

1,347

 

Restructuring and severance accruals

 

 

520

 

 

 

1,328

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

246

 

 

 

404

 

Guaranteed collaboration compensation, current

 

 

4,485

 

 

 

2,228

 

Accrued interest

 

 

376

 

 

 

387

 

Other

 

 

3,138

 

 

 

3,986

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

22,246

 

 

$

27,589

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Payroll and payroll related

 

$

18,449

 

 

$

13,552

 

Commissions and sales milestones

 

 

12,420

 

 

 

7,038

 

Professional fees

 

 

4,684

 

 

 

3,551

 

Litigation settlement obligation

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,000

 

Royalties

 

 

3,466

 

 

 

2,293

 

Other taxes payable

 

 

3,004

 

 

 

248

 

Inventory in-transit

 

 

2,089

 

 

 

1,771

 

Administration fees

 

 

1,698

 

 

 

442

 

Interest

 

 

1,045

 

 

 

619

 

Other

 

 

4,294

 

 

 

1,750

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

55,549

 

 

$

35,264

 

 

4.F-27


Table of Contents

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Royalties

 

$

5,833

 

 

$

1,678

 

Litigation settlement obligation - long-term portion

 

 

3,587

 

 

 

7,634

 

Income tax-related liabilities

 

 

1,522

 

 

 

373

 

Contract liability

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

3,222

 

 

 

1,703

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

$

17,061

 

 

$

11,388

 

5. Discontinued Operations

At the closing of the Globus Transaction, Globus paid the Company $80 million in cash. On September 1, 2016, the Company used approximately $66 million ofcompleted the consideration received to (i) repay in full all amounts outstanding and due under the Company’s Deerfield Facility Agreement and (ii) repay certainsale of its outstanding indebtedness underinternational distribution operations and agreements (collectively, the Company’s Amended Credit Facility with MidCap (described in Note 5 below)“International Business”) to Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd., in each case, including debt-related costs. Also on September 1, 2016, the Company entered into a five-year term credit, securitysubsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., and guaranty agreement with Globus (theits affiliated entities (collectively “Globus Facility Agreement”Medical”), as further described in Note 5, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan the Company up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement.

The following table summarizes the calculation. As a result of the gain on sale (in thousands). The Company recorded an adjustment of $104,000 to the purchase price accounting during November 2016.

Consideration received

 

$

80,000

 

Cash included in assets sold

 

 

(4,250

)

Transaction costs

 

 

(5,960

)

Net cash proceeds

 

 

69,790

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

Product supply obligation

 

 

(1,927

)

Working capital adjustment

 

 

(2,295

)

Carrying value of business and assets sold

 

 

(57,633

)

Net gain on sale of business

 

$

7,935

 

The results of operations from discontinued operations presented below include certain allocations that management believes fairly reflect the utilization of services provided to the International Business. The allocations do not include amounts related to general corporate administrative expenses. Therefore, the results of operations fromthis transaction, the International Business do not necessarily reflect whathas been excluded from continuing operations for all periods presented in the results of operations would have been had the International Business operatedconsolidated financial statements and is reported as a stand-alone entity.discontinued operations.

F-20


In connection with the Globus Transaction,sale of the International Business, the Company entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) with Globus Medical, pursuant to which the Company agreedsupplied to supply to Globus Medical certain of its implants and instruments, (the “Products”), previously offered for sale by the Company in international markets at agreed-upon pricesprices. The Supply Agreement expired and terminated on August 31, 2021 and all associated discontinued operations balances were removed from the consolidated balance sheets for a minimum term of three years, with the option for Globus to extend the term for up to two additional twelve month periods subject to Globus meeting specified purchase requirements. year ended December 31, 2021.

In accordance with authoritative guidance, certain intercompany sales transactions have beento Globus Medical were reported under continuing operations as the Company will havehad continuing involvement due to future sales to Globus under the Supply Agreement. In connection with the Globus Transaction, Globus received, and fully utilized in 2017, a credit of up to a $2.2 million to be applied against product purchases pursuant to the Supply Agreement during a six-month period commencing one month after the closing of the Globus Transaction, which has been included as a reduction of the consideration received for the sale of the International Business and was recognized as revenue upon fulfilment by the Company of product purchases by Globus.

The agreements entered into concurrently with the sale of the International Business, including the Transition Services Agreement and the Supply Agreement, contain various elements and, as such, are deemed to be an arrangement with multiple deliverables as defined under authoritative accounting guidance (see Note 2). Several non-contingent deliverables were identified within the agreements. The Company identified the International Business, contract supply services, transition services and the Globus Facility as separate non-contingent deliverables within the arrangement.  The Company determined the estimated selling price (fair value) for each of the non-contingent deliverables on a standalone basis by utilizing relevant market data and entity-specific factors.  Based on the respective standalone fair values of the deliverables, there was no discount to allocate among the deliverables and the consideration received for each deliverable approximated standalone fair value.  As such, none of the purchase consideration was allocated to these elements.

Included in the results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are revenues of $0 and $10.3  million, respectively, and cost of revenue of $0 million, $8.9 million, respectively, that represent intercompany transactions that, prior to the Globus Transaction, were eliminated in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $14.4$1.0 million in revenue and $12.1$1.1 million in cost of sales from the Supply Agreement that are included in the continuing operations. During theoperations for year ended December 31, 2016, the2021. The Company recorded $2.6$3.8 million in revenue and $2.3$3.5 million in cost of sales from the Supply Agreement that are included in the continuing operations.

In connection with the Globus Transaction, the Company included interest expense of $7.0 millionoperations for the year ended December 31, 2016, under2020.

6. Debt

0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2026

In August 2021, the Deerfield Facility AgreementCompany issued $316.3 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured Senior Convertible Senior Notes with a stated interest rate of 0.75% and Amended Credit Facility (as furthera maturity date of August 1, 2026. Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2022. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2026 Notes were approximately $306.2 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ offering expenses and before cash used for the Capped Call Transactions, as described below, the repurchase of stock, as described in Note 5) in net loss from discontinued operations to9, and the extent these debt facilities were repaid usingrepayment of the proceeds from the Globus Transaction.   

F-21


The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for the periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017outstanding unsecured term loan (the “Term Loan”) with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC (“Squadron Medical”) and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

40,130

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

19,381

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,291

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

19,458

 

Operating (income) expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

 

12,980

 

General and administrative

 

 

271

 

 

 

4,846

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

622

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

794

 

Net gain on sale of business

 

 

 

 

 

(7,935

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

271

 

 

 

11,358

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(271

)

 

 

8,100

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

(6,959

)

Other income, net

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,883

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

7

 

 

 

(5,076

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations before taxes

 

 

(264

)

 

 

3,024

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

(2,510

)

 

 

6,648

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes

 

$

2,246

 

 

$

(3,624

)

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 related to the International Business (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

127

 

 

$

159

 

Inventories, net

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

157

 

Total current assets of discontinued operations

 

 

131

 

 

 

364

 

Other assets

 

 

56

 

 

 

61

 

Total assets of discontinued operations

 

$

187

 

 

$

425

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

0

 

 

$

43

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

312

 

 

 

689

 

Total current liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

312

 

 

 

732

 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

 

$

312

 

 

$

732

 

Included in the statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are the following capital expenditures and non-cash adjustments related to the discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

 

 

$

3,836

 

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

 

$

 

 

$

151

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

 

 

$

1,319

 

Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount

   and debt issuance costs

 

$

 

 

$

2,052

 

F-22


5. Debt

MidCap Facility Agreement

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into the Amended Credit Facility, which amended and restated the prior credit facility that we had with MidCap. On September 1, 2016, we entered into a Fifth Amendment to the MidCap Amended Facility Agreement, or the MidCap Fifth Amendment, that: (a) permitted (i) the Globus Transaction, (ii) the release of Alphatec International LLC and Alphatec Pacific, Inc. as credit parties, (iii) the payment in full of all obligations to Deerfieldoutstanding obligation under the FacilityInventory Financing Agreement, between us and Deerfield, dated as of March 17, 2014, as amended to date, or the Deerfield Facility Agreement, and (iv) the incurrence of debt under the Globus Facility Agreement and the granting of liens in favor of Globus, (b) reduced the revolving credit commitment to $22.5 million and the term loan commitment to $5 million, and (c) revised the existingdescribed below. The 2026 Notes do not contain any financial covenant package, and (d) extended the commitment expiry date from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2019. In connection with the prepayment of the term loan under the Amended Credit Facility, the Company incurred a prepayment fee of $0.6 million payable to MidCap.  

On March 30, 2017, we entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2017 to April 2018. On March 8, 2018, the Company entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2018 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million effective through March 2019.

As of December 31, 2017, $10.3 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $2.4 million was outstanding under the term loan.

The term loan interest rate is priced at the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 8.0%, subject to a 9.5% floor, and the revolving line of credit interest rate remains priced at LIBOR plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2017, the revolving line of credit carried an interest rate of 7.36% and the term loan carries an interest rate of 9.5%. The borrowing base is determined, from time to time, based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable. As collateral for the Amended Credit Facility, the Company granted MidCap a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing its interests in its subsidiaries. In addition to monthly payments of interest, monthly repayments of $0.2 million in 2017 and $0.3 million in 2018 through maturity are due, with the remaining principal due upon maturity. At December 31, 2017, $1.2 million remains as unamortized debt discount related to the Amended Credit Facility within the consolidated balance sheet, which will be amortized over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Facility.covenants.

 

The Amended Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained by the Company. The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable. The financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility2026 Notes are not effective until April 2019 (See Note 14). There is no assurance that the Company will be in compliance with the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility in the future.

Globus Facility Agreement

On September 1, 2016, the Company and Globus enteredconvertible into the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan the Company up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement. At the closing of the Globus Transaction, the Company made an initial draw of $25 million under the Globus Facility Agreement with an additional draw of $5 million made in the fourth quarter of 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance under the Globus Facility Agreement was $30.0 million, which becomes due and payable in quarterly payments of $0.8 million starting in September 2018, with a final payment of the remaining amount outstanding due on September 1, 2021.  The term loan interest rate is priced at LIBOR plus 8.0% through September 1, 2018, and LIBOR plus 13.0%, thereafter.  At December 31, 2017, unamortized debt discount related to the Globus Facility Agreement within the consolidated balance sheet was $0.8 million, which will be amortized over the remaining term of the Globus Facility Agreement.

As collateral for the Globus Facility Agreement, the Company granted Globus a first lien security interest in substantially all of its assets, other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis. The Globus Facility Agreement includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained by the Company that are consistent with the covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. The financial covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement are not effective until April 2019 (See Note 14). Although the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in 2017, there is no assurance that the Company will be in compliance with the financial

F-23


covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement in the future. The Globus Facility Agreement also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in Globus’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

On March 8, 2018, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Globus Facility Agreement to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement are effective from April 2018 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million effective through March 2019.

Deerfield Facility Agreement

On March 17, 2014, the Company entered into the Deerfield Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Deerfield agreed to loan the Company up to $50 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Under the terms of the Deerfield Facility Agreement, the Company had the option, but was not required, upon certain conditions to draw the entire amount available under the Deerfield Facility Agreement, at any time until January 30, 2015, provided that the initial draw be used for a portion of the payments made in connection with the Orthotec settlement described in Note 7 below.

In connection with the execution of the Deerfield Facility Agreement on March 17, 2014, the Company issued to Deerfield warrants to purchase an aggregate of 520,833 shares of the Company’s common stock which are immediately exercisable and havebased upon an exercise price equal to $16.68 per share (the “Initial Warrants”). Additionally, the Company agreed that each disbursement borrowing under the Deerfield Facility Agreement be accompanied by the issuance to Deerfieldinitial conversion rate of warrants to purchase up to 833,33354.5316 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2026 Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $18.34 per share). The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including certain distributions and dividends to all or substantially all of the holders of the Company’s common stock. Based on the terms of the 2026 Notes, when a conversion notice is received, the Company has the option to pay or deliver cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination thereof.

F-28


Table of Contents

Holders of the 2026 Notes have the right to convert their notes in proportioncertain circumstances and during specified periods. Prior to the amountclose of draw compared tobusiness on the total $50 million facility (the "Draw Warrants").

On March 20, 2014, the Company made an initial draw of $20 million under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and received net proceeds of $19.5 million to fund the portion of the settlement payment obligations that were due in 2014 to Orthotec, LLC. On November 21, 2014, the Company made a second draw of $6.0 million under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and received net proceeds of $5.9 million to fundbusiness day immediately preceding February 2, 2026, holders may convert all or a portion of their 2026 Notes only under the Orthotec settlementfollowing circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter) commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2021, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the 5 consecutive business days immediately after any 10 consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2026 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. From and after February 2, 2026, holders of the 2026 Notes may convert their notes at any time at their election until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. As of December 31, 2021, none of the conditions permitting the holders of the 2026 Notes to convert have been met. The 2026 Notes are classified as long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021.

The 2026 Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after August 6, 2024 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, but only if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for a specified period of time. In addition, calling any of the 2026 Notes for redemption will constitute a “make-whole fundamental change” with respect to that note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that note will be increased in certain circumstances if such note is converted after it is called for redemption.

If a fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date, holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their 2026 Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. NaN principal payments are otherwise due through 2016. on the 2026 Notes prior to maturity.

The Company recorded the full principal amount of the 2026 Notes as a long-term liability net of deferred issuance costs. The annual effective interest rate for the 2026 Notes is 1.4%. Total interest expense for the 2026 Notes was $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company uses the if-converted method for assumed conversion of the 2026 Notes to compute the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per share, if applicable.

The outstanding principal amount and carrying value of the 2026 Notes consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Principal

 

$

316,250

 

Unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(9,259

)

Net carrying value

 

$

306,991

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Capped Call Transactions

In February 5, 2016,connection with the offering of the 2026 Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions (the “Capped Call Transactions”) with certain financial institutions. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution and/or offset the cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes upon conversion of the 2026 Notes in the event that the market price per share of the Company’s common stock is greater than the strike price of the Capped Call Transactions with such reduction and/or offset subject to a Limited Waivercap. The Capped Call Transactions have an initial cap price of $27.68 per share of the Company’s common stock, which represents a premium of 100% over the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock on August 5, 2021, and Second Amendmentis subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions. Collectively, the Capped Call Transactions cover, initially, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the 2026 Notes, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Deerfield Facility Agreement (the “Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment”) with Deerfield. 2026 Notes. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment increasedcost of the interest rateCapped Call Transactions was approximately $39.9 million.

The Capped Call Transactions are separate transactions and are not part of the terms of the 2026 Notes and will not affect any holder’s rights under the Facility Agreement from 8.75% per annum to 14.75% per annum. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also changed the date from March 31, 2017 to March 31, 2018. The Second Amendment also contained a waiver2026 Notes. Holders of the defaults under2026 Notes will not have any rights with respect to the Deerfield Facility AgreementCapped Call Transactions.

The Capped Call Transactions meet all of the applicable criteria for equity classification and, as a result, the related $39.9 million cost was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital on the Company’s consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

OCEANE Convertible Bonds

On May 31, 2018, EOS issued 4,344,651 OCEANE convertible bonds, denominated in Euros, due May 2023 for aggregate gross proceeds of $34.3 million (€29.5 million). The OCEANEs are unsecured obligations of EOS, rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of EOS, and pay interest at a rate equal to 6% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on May 31 and November 30 of each year, beginning November 30, 2018. Unless either earlier converted or repurchased, the OCEANEs will mature on May 31, 2023. Interest expense was $0.7 million for the fixed charge coverage ratio for the month of January 2016.period from May 13, 2021 to December 31, 2021.

In September 2016,As discussed in Note 3, in connection with the Globus Transaction, Deerfield exercised its rightOffer to acquire EOS, the Company purchased 2,486,135 OCEANEs, and as such, 1,858,516 OCEANEs with a principal amount of $15.3 million (€12.6 million) remained outstanding at the time of acquisition.

The OCEANEs are convertible by their holders into new EOS Shares or exchangeable for existing EOS Shares, at the Company’s option, at an initial conversion rate of 1 share per OCEANE, and the initial conversion rate is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. The OCEANEs are convertible at any time until the seventh business day prior to maturity or seventh business day prior to an earlier redemption of the OCEANE. If the number of shares calculated is not a whole number, the holder may request allocation of either the whole number of shares immediately below the number and receive an amount in cash equal to the remaining fractional share value, or the whole number of shares immediately above the number and pay an amount in cash equal to the remaining fractional share value. Holders of the OCEANEs have the option to convert all outstanding Initial Warrants and Draw Warrants into sharesor any portion of such OCEANEs, regardless of any conditions, at any time until the close of seventh business day immediately preceding the maturity date.

EOS has a right to redeem all of the Company's common stock based onOCEANEs at its option any time after June 20, 2021 at a cash redemption price equal to the Black-Scholespar value of the warrants. TheOCEANEs plus accrued and unpaid interest if the product of the volume-weighted-average price of the shares and the conversion ratio as specified in the agreement in effect on each trading day exceeds 150% of the par value of each OCEANE on each of at least 20 consecutive trading days during any 40 consecutive trading days, if EOS redeems the OCEANEs when the number of OCEANEs outstanding warrants were convertedis 15% or less of the number of OCEANEs originally issued, or the occurrence of a tender or exchange offer. As a result of the Company’s acquisition of EOS, the OCEANEs are now convertible into 268,614new shares of EOS, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company's common stock valued at $1.1 million.    

On September 1, 2016,Company. OCEANE holders can redeem the notes upon the occurrence of an event of default or upon the occurrence of a change of control. In July 2021, in connection with the Globus Transaction,change of control, holders of 25,971 OCEANEs chose to redeem their bonds for approximately $0.2 million (€0.2 million).

F-30


Table of Contents

The carrying value of the Company repaid in full all amounts outstanding and due under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and terminated the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Pursuant to the Globus Facility Agreement and the MidCap Fifth Amendment, the Company made a final paymentOCEANEs was $14.1 million (€12.5 million) as of $33.5 million to Deerfield, consisting of outstanding principal and accrued interest of $27.9 million, a prepayment premium of $5.6 million and other related fees and wrote-off $3.9 million of unamortized expenses resulting in a loss on debt extinguishment of $9.5 million.December 31, 2021.

Other Debt Agreements

In January and April 2021, prior to the acquisition, EOS obtained 2 loan agreements, denominated in Euros, under French government sponsored COVID-19 relief initiatives (pret garanti par l’etat or “PGE” loans). Each loan contains a 12-month term and 90% of the principal balance of each loan is state guaranteed. The cost of the state guaranty is 0.25% of the loan amounts. The loans carry an interest-free rate from the commercial banks (€3.3 million) and a 1.75% interest from the lender (€1.5 million). The loan capital and loan guaranty costs are payable in full at the end of the 12-month term or the loan may be extended up to 5 additional years. If the Company chooses to extend the debt, the election must be made by the Company between months 8 and 11 of the 12-month term. The extension will carry an interest rate at the banks’ refinancing cost, to be applied from year 2 to year 6 and an increased state guaranty cost (50 to 200 bps, as per a scale with company size and extension year).

In February 2022, the Company extended the maturity for each loan agreement to 2027. Each loan shall have a 12-month period from the applicable extension date where interest only payments will occur (the “Interest Only Period”). Following the Interest Only Period, monthly and quarterly installments of principal and interest under each loan agreement will be due until the original principal amounts and applicable interest is fully repaid in 2027. The Company has various capital lease arrangements.recorded the debt as long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021. The leases bear annualoutstanding obligation under each loan as of December 31, 2021 was $3.7 million and $1.6 million (€3.3 million and €1.5 million) at weighted average interest at rates ranging from 6.8% to 9.6%of 0.69% and 1.25%, are generally due in monthly principalrespectively, and interest installments, are collateralized byweighted average costs of the related equipment,state guaranty of 0.69% and have various maturity dates through December 2022.1.00%, respectively.

F-24


Long-term debtDebt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap

 

$

12,674

 

 

$

17,873

 

Globus Facility Agreement

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

30,000

 

Notes payable

 

 

200

 

 

 

1,395

 

2026 Notes

 

$

316,250

 

 

$

 

OCEANEs

 

 

14,113

 

 

 

 

Other notes payable

 

 

386

 

 

 

1,887

 

EOS PGE Loans

 

 

5,341

 

 

 

 

Squadron Medical Term Loan

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

Inventory Financing

 

 

 

 

 

3,821

 

PPP Loan

 

 

 

 

 

4,271

 

Total

 

 

42,874

 

 

 

49,268

 

 

 

336,090

 

 

 

54,979

 

Add: capital leases (See Note 7)

 

 

222

 

 

 

480

 

Less: debt discount

 

 

(2,023

)

 

 

(3,543

)

 

 

(9,259

)

 

 

(12,813

)

Total

 

 

41,073

 

 

 

46,205

 

 

 

326,831

 

 

 

42,166

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(3,306

)

 

 

(3,113

)

 

 

(342

)

 

 

(4,167

)

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

37,767

 

 

$

43,092

 

 

$

326,489

 

 

$

37,999

 

 

 

Principal payments on debt are as follows as of December 31, 20172021 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$

4,109

 

2019

 

 

3,423

 

2020

 

 

13,675

 

2021

 

 

21,667

 

Total

 

 

42,874

 

Add: capital lease principal payments

 

 

222

 

Less: debt discount

 

 

(2,023

)

Total

 

 

41,073

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(3,306

)

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

37,767

 

2022

 

$

342

 

2023

 

 

14,834

 

2024

 

 

1,353

 

2025

 

 

1,335

 

2026

 

 

317,586

 

Thereafter

 

 

640

 

Total

 

 

336,090

 

Less: debt discount

 

 

(9,259

)

Total

 

 

326,831

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(342

)

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

326,489

 

 

6F-31


Table of Contents

Paycheck Protection Loan

On April 23, 2020, the Company received the proceeds from a loan in the amount of $4.3 million (the “PPP Loan”) from Silicon Valley Bank, as lender, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). CommitmentsThe PPP Loan matures on April 21, 2022 and Contingenciesbears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum. Commencing August 21, 2021, the Company was required to pay the lender equal monthly payments of principal and interest as required to fully amortize the principal amount outstanding on the PPP Loan by April 21, 2022, the date prescribed by guidance issued by U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP Loan is evidenced by a promissory note dated April 21, 2020 (the “Note”), which contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults and breaches of representations and warranties.

LeasesUnder the CARES Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the twenty-four-week period, beginning on the date of loan approval. For purposes of the CARES Act, payroll costs exclude compensation of an individual employee in excess of $100,000, prorated annually. Not more than 25% of the forgiven amount may be for non-payroll costs. Forgiveness is reduced if full-time headcount declines, or if salaries and wages for employees with salaries of $100,000 or less annually are reduced by more than 25%. In the event the PPP Loan, or any portion thereof, is forgiven pursuant to the PPP, the amount forgiven is applied to outstanding principal. The Company used all of the proceeds from the PPP Loan to retain employees and maintain payroll. In July 2021, the Company received confirmation from the SBA that the entire PPP Loan was forgiven and recorded a gain on debt extinguishment of $4.3 million, which is included in loss on debt extinguishment, net, on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

In February 2008,Squadron Medical Credit Agreement

On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into a subleaseTerm Loan (the “Term Loan”) with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC, a provider of debt financing to growing companies in the orthopedic industry. The Term Loan was subsequently amended March 2019, May 29, 2020 and December 16, 2020 to expand the availability of additional term loans, extend the maturity, remove all financial covenant requirements and, in the December 2020 amendment, to incorporate a debt exchange. On December 16, 2020, the Company amended the Term Loan to expand the credit facility by an additional $15.0 million and to extend the maturity of the Term Loan to June 30, 2026. In conjunction with the Term Loan amendment on December 16, 2020, the Company entered into a debt exchange agreement whereby the Company exchanged $30.0 million of the Company’s outstanding debt obligations pursuant to the Term Loan dated as of November 6, 2018, as amended, for the issuance of 2,700,270 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to Squadron Capital LLC and a participant lender, based on a price of $11.11 per share. The debt exchange resulted in additional debt issuance costs of $3.8 million calculated as the difference between the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance and the issuance price.

The Company accounted for the March 2019, May 2020, and December 2020 amendments of the Term Loan as debt modifications with continued amortization of the existing and inclusion of the new debt issuance costs amortized into interest expense utilizing the effective interest rate method. The Company determined that the $30.0 million pre-payment associated with the December 16, 2020 amendment should be accounted for as a partial extinguishment of the November 6, 2018 Term Loan, as amended. As a result of the partial extinguishment the Company elected, as an accounting policy in accordance with ASC 470-50-40-2, to write off a proportionate amount of the unamortized fees at the time that the financing was partially settled in accordance with the terms of the Term Loan dated November 6, 2018, as amended. The unamortized debt issuance costs were allocated between the remaining original loan balance and the portion of the loan paid down on a pro-rata basis. At the time of prepayment, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $6.1 million, which was included in loss on debt extinguishment, net, on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and capitalized $3.8 million in non-cash debt issuance closing costs.

On August 10, 2021, the Company terminated and repaid all obligations under the Term Loan, which consisted of the $45.0 million outstanding principal and $0.2 million accrued interest. As a result of the early termination of the Term Loan, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment associated with the unamortized debt issuance costs of $11.7 million, which is included in loss on debt extinguishment, net, on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

F-32


Table of Contents

In connection with the initial 2018 Term Loan and subsequent amendments, the Company issued an aggregate of 6,759,530 warrants to Squadron Medical and a participant lender. See Note 9 for further information on the warrants issued.

Inventory Financing

In November 2018, the Company entered into an Inventory Financing Agreement with an inventory supplier whereby the Company was originally permitted to draw up to $3.0 million for the purchase of inventory. In November 2020 and May 2021, the Company amended the Inventory Financing Agreement with the supplier to increase the available draw to $6.0 million and then to $9.0 million for the purchase of inventory. On August 10, 2021, the Company terminated and repaid all obligations under the Inventory Financing Agreement, which consisted of $8.1 million outstanding principal and $0.1 million accrued interest.

MidCap Facility Agreement

On May 29, 2020, the Company repaid in full all amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap Funding IV, LLC (“MidCap”), including the outstanding balance of $9.6 million, which consisted of outstanding principal and accrued interest. As a result of the early termination of the Credit Facility with MidCap, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception by assessing whether there is an identified asset and whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration over a period of time. The Company recognizes ROU assets and lease liabilities for office buildings and certain equipment with lease terms of 1 year to 10 years, some of which include options to extend and/or terminate the leases. Any short-term leases defined as twelve months or less or month-to-month leases were excluded and continue to be expensed each month. Total costs associated with these short-term leases is immaterial to all periods presented.

The Company aggregates all lease and non-lease components for each class of underlying assets into a single lease component and variable charges for common area maintenance and other variable costs are recognized as expense as incurred. Total variable costs associated with leases for the year ended December 31, 2021 were immaterial. The Company had an immaterial amount of financing leases as of December 31, 2021, which is included in property and equipment, net, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Operating Lease

The Company occupies approximately 121,541 square feet of office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California. The Sublease term commenced May 2008 and ended on January 31, 2016.  In January 2016,On December 4, 2019, the Company entered into a new10-year operating lease that commenced on February 1, 2021 and will terminate on January 31, 2031, subject to two sixty-month options to renew which are not reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company recognized a $21.1 million ROU asset and $21.5 million lease liability on the consolidated balance sheet upon taking control of the premises on the lease commencement date. Base rent under the building lease for the first twelve months of the term will be $0.2 million per month subject to full abatement during months two through ten, and thereafter will increase annually by 3.0% throughout the remainder of the lease. 

F-33


Table of Contents

On April 9, 2021, the Company entered into a 7-year operating lease agreement (the “Building Lease”) for a new distribution center which consists of approximately 75,643 square feet of office and warehouse space in Memphis, Tennessee. The term of the same propertylease commenced on May 1, 2021 and will terminate on May 1, 2028, subject to two thirty-six-month options to renew which are not reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company recognized a $1.7 million ROU asset and $1.6 million lease liability upon taking control of the premises on the lease commencement date. Base rent under the new building lease will be commensurate with the lease term through July 31, 2021. UnderCompany’s proportionate share of occupancy of the new Building Leasebuilding and will increase annually by 3.0% throughout the Company’s monthlyremainder of the lease.

With the acquisition of EOS, the Company assumed its ROU assets and lease liabilities in the amount of $4.3 million. EOS occupies its main office in Paris, France. The EOS office in Paris, France is a 10-year operating lease that commenced in 2019 and will terminate in September 2028. Base rent payableunder the lease is approximately $105,000$0.6 million per month during the first year and increases by approximately $3,000 per month each year thereafter.

The Company also leases certain equipment and vehicles under operating leases which expire on various dates through 2018, and certain equipment under capital leases which expire on various dates through 2022.year.

Future minimum annual lease payments underfor all operating leases of the Company are as follows (in thousands):

2022

 

$

4,405

 

2023

 

 

4,609

 

2024

 

 

4,620

 

2025

 

 

4,590

 

2026

 

 

4,694

 

Thereafter

 

 

17,846

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

 

 

40,764

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(12,169

)

Operating lease liability

 

 

28,595

 

Less: current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

(4,212

)

Operating lease liability, less current portion

 

$

24,383

 

The Company’s weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

8.6

 

 

 

0.7

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

10.5

%

Information related to the Company’s operating and capital leases arelease is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating

 

 

Capital

 

2018

 

$

1,679

 

 

$

105

 

2019

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

37

 

2020

 

 

1,624

 

 

 

37

 

2021

 

 

993

 

 

 

37

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

5,879

 

 

 

253

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

Present value of minimum lease payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Current portion of capital leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

Capital leases, less current portion

 

 

 

 

 

$

129

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Rent expense

 

$

4,482

 

 

$

1,300

 

Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liabilities

 

$

1,795

 

 

$

1,400

 

F-25


 

Purchase Commitments

Rent expense under operating leases forWith the years endedacquisition of EOS, the Company assumed its inventory purchase commitment agreement with a third-party supplier. The Company is obligated to certain minimum purchase commitment requirements through December 2025. As of December 31, 2017 and 20162021, the remaining minimum purchase commitment under the agreement was $1.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively.$33.5 million.

F-34


Table of Contents

Litigation

The Company is and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from its business activities. While management is not aware of any litigation matter that in and of itself would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a proceeding, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period. The Company assesses contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of possible loss for potential accrual or disclosure in ourthe Company’s consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. When evaluating contingencies, the Company may be unable to provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. In addition, damage amounts claimed in litigation against the Company may be unsupported, exaggerated or unrelated to reasonably possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of the Company’s potential liability.

As more fully described in Note 14, onIn February 15, 2018, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (NuVasive, Inc. v. Alphatec Holdings, Inc. et al., Case No. 3:18-cv-00347-CAB-MDD (S.D. Cal.)), alleging that certain of the Company’s products (including components of its Battalion™ Lateral System), infringe, or contribute to the infringement of, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,819,801, 8,355,780, 8,439,832, 8,753,270, 9,833,227 (entitled “Surgical access system and related methods”), U.S. Patent No. 8,361,156 (entitled “Systems and methods for spinal fusion”), and U.S. Design Patent Nos. D652,519 (“Dilator”) and D750,252 (“Intervertebral Implant”).  NuVasive seeks unspecified monetary damages and an injunction against future purported infringement.  

In March 2018, the Company moved to dismiss NuVasive’s claims of infringement of its design patents for failure to state a cognizable legal claim.  In May 2018, the Court ruled that NuVasive failed to state a plausible claim for infringement of the asserted design patents and dismissed those claims with prejudice.  The Company filed its answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims to NuVasive’s remaining claims in May 2018.

Also in March 2018, NuVasive moved for a preliminary injunction.  In March 2018, the Court denied that motion without prejudice for failure to comply with the Court’s chambers rules.  In April 2018, NuVasive again moved for a preliminary injunction.  In July 2018, after a hearing on the matter in June 2018, the Court denied that motion on the grounds that NuVasive failed to establish either likelihood of success on the merits or that it would suffer irreparable harm absent injunction. 

In September 2018, NuVasive filed an Amended Complaint, asserting additional infringement claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 9,924,859, 9,974,531 and 8,187,334. The Company filed its answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims to these claims in October 2018.  Also in October 2018, NuVasive moved to dismiss the Company’s counterclaims that NuVasive intentionally had misled the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office as a means of obtaining certain patents asserted against the Company.  In January 2019, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion as to all but one counterclaim, but granted the Company leave to amend that counterclaim to cure dismissal.  The Company amended that counterclaim in February 2019 and, that same month, NuVasive again moved to dismiss it.  In March 2019, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion.  NuVasive filed its Answer to the amended counterclaim in April 2019.

In December 2018, the Company filed a petition with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”) challenging the validity of certain claims of the ’156 and ’334 PatentsIn July 2019, PTAB instituted inter partes review (“IPR”) of the validity of asserted claims of the two patents at issue.  In July 2019, PTAB instituted IPR of the validity of asserted claims of the two patents at issue and held a hearing on the matter in April 2020. In July 2020, the PTAB ruled that all challenged claims of the ‘156 Patent were valid (not unpatentable) and ruled that several challenged claims of the ‘334 Patent were invalid, while finding that other challenged claims of the ‘334 Patent valid. NuVasive and the Company both appealed the PTAB’s written decision on the matter. In February 2022, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the PTAB’s ruling without opinion.

F-35


Table of Contents

In January 2020, NuVasive filed a Motion for Partial Summary Judgment of infringement and validity of the ’832, ’780 and ’270 Patents and the Company filed a Motion for Summary Judgment of non-infringement of all asserted claims and of invalidity of the ’832 Patent and for dismissal of NuVasive’s claim for lost profits and its allegations of assignor estoppel. In April 2020, the Court granted NuVasive’s Motion as to the alleged infringement of the ’832 Patent only and denied NuVasive’s Motion in all other respects. Also, in April 2020, the Court granted the Company’s Motion as to dismissal of the allegations of assignor estoppel and denied the Company’s Motion in all other respects.

In November 2020, NuVasive filed a Motion to Strike the Company’s Invalidity Contentions concerning the ’156 and ’334 Implant Patents. In April 2021, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion.

In January 2021, NuVasive filed a Motion for Partial Summary Judgment of infringement and validity of the ’156 and ’334 Implant Patents and the Company filed a Motion for Summary Judgment of invalidity of those same patents. These motions were argued to the Court on June 29, 2021. In August 2021, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion and granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity of the ’156 Patent. In September 2021, NuVasive elected not to proceed with its remaining claims for the ’334 Patent, ’780 Patent, ’270 Patent, ’227 Patent, and ’859 Patent. Trial on the remaining patents (’801 Patent, ’832 Patent, and ’531 Patent) has been rescheduled several times due to the COVID-19 pandemic and is now set to begin March 1, 2022.

The caseCompany believes that the allegations lack merit and intends to vigorously defend all claims asserted. A liability is recorded in the very early stages of proceedings, with an order establishingconsolidated financial statements if it is believed to be probable that a schedule forloss has been incurred and the case expected within the next few months.  Asamount of the dateloss can be reasonably estimated. It is impossible at this time to assess whether the outcome of this Annual Reportproceeding will have a material adverse effect on Form 10-K, the probabilityCompany’s consolidated results of an outcome cannot be reasonably determined, nor can the Company reasonably estimate a potential loss; therefore,operations, cash flows or financial position. Therefore, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 450, Contingencies,authoritative accounting guidance, the Company has not recorded anany accrual related tofor a contingent liability associated with this litigation.legal proceeding based on its belief that a liability, while possible, is not probable and any range of potential future charge cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements under which it occasionally indemnifies third-parties for intellectual property infringement claims or claims arising from breaches of representations or warranties. In addition, from time to time, the Company provides indemnity protection to third-parties for claims relating to past performance arising from undisclosed liabilities, product liabilities, environmental obligations, representations and warranties, and other claims. In these agreements, the scope and amount of remedy, or the period in which claims can be made, may be limited. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of future payments, if any, due under these indemnities due to the conditional nature of the obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement.

In October 2017, a competitor of the CompanyNuVasive filed a lawsuit in Delaware Chancery Court against Mr. Miles, the Company’s executive chairmanChairman and CEO, who was a former employeeofficer and board member of this competitor.NuVasive. The Company itself was not initially a named defendant in this lawsuit. However,lawsuit; however, on June 28, 2018, NuVasive amended its complaint to add the Company agreed to indemnify Mr. Miles in connection with this lawsuit, and recorded an expense of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2017.as a defendant.  As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company did not recordhas 0t recorded any liability inon the consolidated balance sheet related to this matter. On October 12, 2018, the Delaware Court ordered that NuVasive begin advancing legal fees for Mr. Miles’ defense in the lawsuit, as well as Mr. Miles’ legal fees incurred in pursuing advancement of his fees, pursuant to an indemnification agreement between NuVasive and Mr. Miles. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has 0t recorded any liability on the consolidated balance sheet related to this matter.

Royalties

The Company has entered into various intellectual property agreements requiring the payment of royalties based on the sale of products that utilize such intellectual property. These royalties primarily relate to products sold by Alphatec Spine and are based on fixed fees or calculated either as a percentage of net sales or in one instance on a per-unit sold basis. Royalties are included on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as a component of cost of revenues. Assales.

F-36


Table of December 31, 2017, the Company is obligated to pay guaranteed minimum royalty payments under these agreements of approximately $6.5 million through 2022 and beyond.Contents

 

7.8. Orthotec Settlement

On September 26, 2014, the Company entered into a Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among the Company and its direct subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings International C.V., Scient'x S.A.S. and Surgiview S.A.S.; HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III; and Orthotec, LLC and Patrick Bertranou, (the “Settlement Agreement”). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Orthotec, LLC $49.0 million in cash, including initial cash payments totaling

F-26


$17.5 $1.75 million, which the Company previously paid in March 2014, and an additional lump sum payment of $15.75 million, which the Company previously paid in April 2014. The Company agreed to pay the remaining $31.5 million in 28 quarterly installments of $1.1 million and one1 additional quarterly installment of $0.7 million, commencing October 1, 2014. In September 2014, the Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5 million to the $49 million settlement amount.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has made installment payments in the aggregate of $31.8 million, with a remainingThe unpaid balance of $26.0 million. The Company has the right to prepay the amounts due without penalty. In addition, the unpaid balance of the amounts due accruesaccrue interest at the rate of 7%7.0% per year beginning May 15, 2014 until the amounts due are paid in full. The accrued but unpaid interest will be paid in quarterly installments of $1.1 million (or the full amount of the accrued but unpaid interest if less than $1.1 million) following the full payment of the $31.5 million in quarterly installments described above. No interestinstallments.

The payments set forth above are guaranteed by Stipulated Judgments held against the Company, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., HealthpointCapital, LLC, John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III and, in the event of a default, will accrue onbe entered and enforced against these entities and/or individuals in that order. In September 2014, the accrued interest.Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5.0 million to the $49.0 million settlement amount. In October 2020, HealthpointCapital made its first $1.0 million payment. During the year ended December 31, 2021 HealthpointCapital made an additional $4.0 million in payments. As of December 31, 2021, there were 0 amounts due from HealthpointCapital. See Note 12 for further information regarding HealthpointCapital.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has made payments in the aggregate of $49.0 million, with a remaining outstanding balance of $8.5 million (including imputed interest). The Settlement Agreement providedprovides for mutual releases of all claims in the Orthotec, LLC v. Surgiview, S.A.S, et al. matter in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County and all other related litigation matters involving the Company and its directors and affiliates.

8.A reconciliation of the total net settlement obligation is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Litigation settlement obligation - short-term portion

 

 

$

4,400

 

 

$

4,000

 

Litigation settlement obligation - long-term portion

 

 

 

3,587

 

 

 

7,634

 

Total

 

 

 

7,987

 

 

 

11,634

 

Future imputed interest

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

1,199

 

Total settlement obligation, gross

 

 

 

8,465

 

 

 

12,833

 

Related party receivable - included in stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,000

)

Total settlement obligation, net

 

 

$

8,465

 

 

$

8,833

 

9. Equity

Common Stock

There were 200,000,000 shares of common stock authorized at December 31, 2021 and 2020. On March 1, 2021 the Company completed the sale of 12,421,242 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $138.0 million, and net proceeds of approximately $131.8 million, net of $6.2 million in fees. On October 16, 2020 the Company completed the sale of 13,142,855 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $115.0 million, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $107.7 million, net of $7.3 million in fees.

On August 3, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate of up to $25.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. On August 10, 2021, The Company repurchased 1,806,358 shares of its common stock for approximately $25.0 million in privately negotiated transactions. There were 0 stock repurchases in 2020.

F-37


Table of Contents

Redeemable preferred stockPreferred Stock

The Company issued shares of redeemable preferred stock in connection with its initial public offering in June 2006. As of December 31, 20172021, and 2016,2020, the redeemable preferred stock carrying value was $23.6 million and there were 20 million shares of redeemable preferred stock authorized. The redeemable preferred stock is not convertible into common stock but is redeemable at $9.00 per share, (i) upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or the occurrence of certain mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, before any payment to the holders of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) at the Company’s option at any time. Holders of redeemable preferred stock are generally not entitled to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, except with respect to certain matters that will affect them adversely as a class and are not entitled to receive dividends. The carrying value of the redeemable preferred stock was $7.11 per share at December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020. The redeemable preferred stock is presented separately from stockholders’ deficitequity in the consolidated balance sheets and any adjustments to its carrying value up to its redemption value of $9.00 per share will beare reported as a dividend.

Series 2017 PIPE Warrants

The 2017 Common Stock Warrants (the “2017 PIPE Warrants”) have a five-year life and are exercisable for cash. During the year ended December 31, 2021, there were 795,000 2017 PIPE Warrant exercises for total cash proceeds of $1.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 273,554 2017 PIPE Warrant exercises, for total cash proceeds of $0.6 million. As of December 31, 2021, there were 2,312,000 2017 PIPE Warrants outstanding.  

2018 PIPE Warrants

The 2018 Common Stock Warrants (the “2018 PIPE Warrants”) have a five-year life and are exercisable for cash or by cashless exercise. During the year ended December 31, 2021, there were 2,900,660 2018 PIPE Warrant exercises for total cash proceeds of $1.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 2,342,986 2018 PIPE Warrant exercises for total cash proceeds of $1.3 million. A Convertible Preferred Stocktotal of 8,479,025 2018 PIPE Warrants remained outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

On March 22, 2017,SafeOp Surgical Merger Warrants

In conjunction with the Company’s 2018 acquisition of SafeOp, the Company entered into the Securities Purchase Agreement with certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors, executive officers and employees of the Company (collectively, the “Purchasers”), providing for the sale by the Company of 1,809,628 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share (the “Common Shares”), 15,245 shares of newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (which shares are convertible into approximately 7,622,372 shares of common stock, and were initially subject to limitations on conversion prior to the approval by the Company’s stockholders (“Stockholder Approval”) as required in accordance with the NASDAQ listing rules), andissued warrants to purchase up to 9,432,0002,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “Purchaser Warrants”), in a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The Purchaser Warrants became exercisable following Stockholder Approval, are subject to certain ownership limitations, and expire five years after June 15, 2017, the date Stockholder Approval was received.      

The following table sets forth the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converted and outstanding, and the number of common shares issued and issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, as of December 31, 2017:

 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

Converted to Common Shares

 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Outstanding

 

 

Number of Common Shares Issued Pursuant to Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

Number of Common Shares Issuable Pursuant to Series A Convertible Stock Outstanding

 

Directors and Officers

 

 

3,561

 

 

 

(2,537

)

 

 

1,024

 

 

 

1,268,499

 

 

 

511,997

 

Others

 

 

11,684

 

 

 

(7,391

)

 

 

4,293

 

 

 

3,695,203

 

 

 

2,146,673

 

Total

 

 

15,245

 

 

 

(9,928

)

 

 

5,317

 

 

 

4,963,702

 

 

 

2,658,670

 

F-27


The Company also entered into an engagement letter (the “Engagement Letter”) on March 1, 2017 with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright”), pursuant to which Wainwright agreed to serve as exclusive placement agent for the issuance and sale of the securities in the Private Placement. Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, the Company issued to Wainwright and its designees warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 471,600 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Wainwright Warrants,” and together with the Purchaser Warrants, the “Common Stock Warrants”).  The Wainwright Warrants have substantially the same terms as the Purchaser Warrants, except that the Wainwright Warrants have an exercise price equal $2.50 per share.  The Private Placement, including the issuance of the Wainwright Warrants, closed on March 29, 2017, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $18.9 million.

On March 29, 2017, in connection with the closing of the Private Placement, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Certificate of Designation”). The shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have a stated value of $1,000$3.50 per share and were convertible into approximately 500 shares of common stock upon receipt of Stockholder Approval. Prior to the date that Stockholder Approval was obtained, the Certificate of Designation limited the number of shares of common stock that were issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock such that, when aggregated with the shares of common stock issued in the Private Placement, such issuances did not exceed 19.99% of the Company’s issuedcontain a five-year life and outstanding common stock, as required by NASDAQ listing rules. In addition, the Company’s directors, executive officers and employees who participated in the Private Placement were unable to convert shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock until Stockholder Approval was obtained, pursuant to the NASDAQ listing rules. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to dividends on an as-if-converted basis in the same form as any dividends actually paid on shares of common stock or other securities. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will have no right to vote on matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Without the prior written consent of 75% of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company may not: (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or alter or amend the Certificate of Designation, (b) amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that adversely affects any rights of the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (c) increase the number of authorized shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or (d) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing. In the event of the dissolution and winding up of the Company, the proceeds available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders shall be distributed pari passu among the holders of the shares of common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, pro rata based upon the number of shares held by each such holder, as if the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were convertible, and were converted, into shares of common stock.

Common Stock Warrants     

The Common Stock Warrants are exercisable for cash or solely, if at any time after the six-month anniversary of the closing date of the Private Placement, there is not an effective registration statement or prospectus registering the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock upon exercise of the Common Stock Warrants, by cashless exercise. The exercise priceDuring the year ended December 31, 2021, there were 969,932 SafeOp Surgical Merger Warrant exercises for cash proceeds of $0.1 million. During the Common Stockyear ended December 31, 2020, there were 34,807 SafeOp Surgical Merger Warrant exercises for 0 cash proceeds. As of December 31, 2021, there were 1,194,943 SafeOp Surgical Merger Warrants is subjectoutstanding.

F-38


Table of Contents

Squadron Medical Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2018, in connection with the Term Loan with Squadron Medical and a participant lender, the Company issued warrants to adjustment in the case of stock dividends or other distributions onpurchase 845,000 shares of common stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payableat an exercise price of $3.15 per share. An additional 4,838,710 warrants were issued at an exercise price of $2.17 per share during the second quarter of 2019, in shares of common stock, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affectingconjunction with the Company’s common stock, and also, subject to limitations, upon any distributiondraw on the expanded credit facility. In May 2020, an additional 1,075,820 warrants were issued at an exercise price of assets, including cash, stock or other property$4.88 per share in conjunction with the Company’s second amendment to the Company’s stockholders.

PriorTerm Loan for total warrants outstanding to Squadron Medical and the participant lender of 6,759,530. In conjunction with the second amendment, the expiration dates for all existing warrants were extended to May 29, 2027 to align all outstanding warrant expiration dates. In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the warrants qualified for equity treatment upon issuance and were recorded as a debt discount to the exercise, holdersface of the Common Stock Warrants will not have anydebt liability based on fair value to be amortized into interest expense over the life of the rights of holders of the common stock purchasable upon exercise, including voting rights; however, the holders of the Common Stock Warrants will have certain rights to participate in distributions or dividends paid on the Company’s common stockdebt agreement. The fair value assigned to the extent set forthwarrant amendment was also allocated as a debt issuance cost and amortized into interest expense. As the warrants provide for partial price protection that allow for a reduction in the Common Stock Warrants.

The Common Stock Warrants may not be exercised by the holder to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 4.99% of the shares of the Company’s common stock then outstanding (subject to the right of the holder to increase or decrease such beneficial ownership limitation upon notice to us, provided that such limitation cannot exceed 9.99%) and provided that any increase in the beneficial ownership limitation shall not be effective until 61 days after such notice is delivered.

If the Company effects a fundamental transaction, then upon any subsequent exercise of any Common Stock Warrants, the holder thereof shall have the right to receive, for each share of common stock that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such fundamental transaction, the number of shares of the successor’s or acquiring corporation’s common stock or of the Company’s common stock, if the Company is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of such fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of shares of common stock into which the Common Stock Warrants were exercisable immediately prior to such fundamental transaction. In addition,price in the event of a fundamental transaction (other thanlower per share priced issuance, the warrants were valued utilizing a fundamental transaction not approved byMonte Carlo simulation that considers the Company’s Boardprobabilities of Directors),future financings. The Monte Carlo model simulates the Company or any successor entity shall, at the holder’s option, purchase the holder’s Common Stock Warrants for an amount of cash equal to thepresent value of the Common Stock Warrants as determined in accordance with the Black Scholes option pricing model. A fundamental transaction as described in the Common Stock Warrants generally includes any merger with or into another entity, salepotential outcomes of all or substantially allfuture stock prices of the Company’s assets, tender offer or exchange offer, reclassificationCompany over the seven-year life of the Company’s commonwarrants. The projection of stock orprices is based on the consummationrisk-free rate of a transaction whereby another entity acquires more than 50%return and the volatility of the Company’s outstanding voting stock.

F-28


Basedstock price of the Company and correlates future equity raises based on the terms of the Common Stockprobabilities provided. NaN Squadron Medical Warrants the Company may be required to settle such warrants with cash upon a fundamental transaction, as defined. Through October 19, 2017, the holders of Common Stock Warrants did not control the Company’s Board of Directors, and therefore, since potential future cash settlement was deemed to be within the Company’s control, the Common Stock Warrants were classified in stockholders’ equity in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance. Effective with the appointment of Ward W. Woods (a holder of Common Stock Warrants) to the Company’s board of directors on October 17, 2017, the holders of Common Stock Warrants now represent a majority of the Board of Directors. As a result of this change, the Company was required to re-classify the warrants as a liability in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance.  On December 29, 2017, two board members who are holders of Common Stock Warrants entered into recusal agreements, pursuant to which they agreed to abstain from voting on any fundamental transaction so long as their Common Stock Warrants are outstanding.  Consequently, the Common Stock Warrants were classified back into the equity section of the consolidated balance sheethave been exercised as of December 29, 2017. The Company recognized a gain of $12.0 million, representing the reduction of the fair value of the Common Stock31, 2021.

Executive Warrants from October 20, 2017 to

In December 28, 2017, the period for which the Common Stock warrants were classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet.

During 2017 the Company received proceeds of approximately $3.3 million in connection withissued warrants to Mr. Patrick S. Miles, the exercise of approximately 1.7 million of Common Stock Warrants.

December Private Placement

On October 2, 2017, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements (collectively, the “Purchase Agreements”) with accredited investors Patrick MilesCompany’s Chairman and Quentin Blackford (collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which Messrs. Miles and Blackford have agreed, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions under the Purchase Agreements, to purchase from the Company, collectively, no less than 1,549,116 and as many as 1,769,912 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $2.26 per share. On December 28, 2017, the Purchase Agreements were executed and the Company issued 1,769,912 shares and warrantsChief Executive Officer, to purchase 1,327,434 shares of the Company’s common stock for $5$5.00 per share (the “Executive Warrants”). The warrants have a five-year term and are exercisable by cash or cashless exercise. The warrants issued to Mr. Miles were accounted for total proceedsas share based compensation, and the fair value of $4the warrants of approximately $1.4 million outwere recognized in full in the statement of which $300,000 was received in January 2018.operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as the warrants were immediately vested upon issuance. NaN Executive Warrants have been exercised as of December 31, 2021.

9.A summary of all outstanding warrants is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Number of

Warrants

 

 

Strike Price

 

Expiration

2017 PIPE Warrants

 

 

2,312

 

 

$

2.00

 

June 2022

2018 PIPE Warrants

 

 

8,479

 

 

$

3.50

 

May 2023

SafeOp Surgical Merger Warrants

 

 

1,195

 

 

$

3.50

 

May 2023

2018 Squadron Medical Warrants

 

 

845

 

 

$

3.15

 

May 2027

2019 Squadron Medical Warrants

 

 

4,839

 

 

$

2.17

 

May 2027

2020 Squadron Medical Warrants

 

 

1,076

 

 

$

4.88

 

May 2027

Executive Warrants

 

 

1,327

 

 

$

5.00

 

December 2022

Other*

 

 

111

 

 

$

5.40

 

Various through December 2024

Total

 

 

20,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Represents weighted average strike price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

10. Stock Benefit Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

In 2005, the Company adopted its 2005 Employee, Director, and Consultant Stock2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”). The 2005 Plan expired in April 2016. As of December 31, 2017, there were 0 shares issuable under the 2005 Plan.

In the third quarter of 2016 the Company adopted its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), which replaced the Company’s 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan. On October 25, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Award Plan. The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and performance unit awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Upon its adoption, the 2016 Plan had 1,083,333 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. The Board of Directors determines the terms of the grants made under the 2016 Plan. Options granted under the 2016 Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant (five years for incentive stock options granted to holders of more than 10% of the Company’s voting stock). Options generally vest over a four yearfour-year period and may be immediately exercisable upon a change of control of the Company. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder may be no less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. On June 17, 2020, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Award Plan which increased the shares of common stock available for issuance under the Equity Plan by 7,000,000 shares. At December 31, 2017, 449,9012021, 3,329,247 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will expire in May 2026.

Salary-to-Equity Conversion Program

On April 5, 2020, the Company implemented a voluntary salary-to-equity conversion program for certain employees whose annual payroll costs exceed $100,000, including the Company’s executive officers. The program permitted each participant to make a voluntary election to reduce the participant’s compensation rate through July 11, 2020 from 10% to 75%. In exchange for the compensation reduction, each participant was granted a restricted stock unit from the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, equal to the dollar amount of compensation reduction divided by the 30-day volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock as of close of market on April 3, 2020. The restricted stock units granted under the program fully vested on July 10, 2020. The temporary reduction in compensation to the participants shall not be treated as a reduction in base annual salary rate for purposes of any other benefits plans in which the participants are enrolled or eligible to participate, including in any bonus plans of the Company. As the plan allows for a cash payment of the deferred amount in the event the employee separated from the Company prior to the completion date of the program, the amounts were recorded as a liability instrument through its settlement date with a corresponding fair value adjustment at each reporting period. In 2020, the full fair value of $0.9 million was reclassified into equity upon settlement of the program and issuance of the common stock. A stock compensation charge of $0.9 million related to the program was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020.

2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

On October 4, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”). The Inducement Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and performance unit awards to new employees of the Company by granting an award to such new employee as an inducement for such newthe employee to begin employment with the Company. As of December 31, 20172021 the Inducement Plan had 28,356535,125 shares of common stock reserved for issuance, which may only be granted to an employee who has not previously been an employee or member of the board of directors of the Company. The terms of the Inducement Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the Company’s 2016 Plan with two principal exceptions: (i) incentive stock options may not be granted under the Inducement Plan; and (ii) the annual compensation paid by the Company to specified executives will be deductible only to the extent that it does not exceed $1.0 million.

F-40


Table of Contents

2019 Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan

Under the 2019 Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan, the Company is authorized to grant up to 500,000 shares of common stock to third-party individuals or entities that do not qualify under the Company’s other existing equity plans, with a maximum grant of 50,000 shares per participant. As of December 31, 2021, 122,500 restricted shares and a warrant to purchase up to 12,500 restricted common stock shares have been granted under the 2019 Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan.

2017 Distributor Inducement Plan

Under the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan, the Company granted $0.8 millionis authorized to grant up to 1,000,000 shares of value Performance Restricted Share Units ("PRSUs") in 2016.   The PRSUs will vest in a dollar amount representing between 0%common stock to 250% of the target valuethird-party distributors whereby, upon the earlierachievement of September 14, 2019 certain Company sales and/or distribution milestones the Company may grant to a changedistributor shares of common stock or warrants to purchase shares of common stock. The warrants and restricted stock units issued under the plan are subject to time based or net sales-based vesting conditions. As of December 31, 2021, 325,000 warrants and 229,900 shares of restricted common stock were granted under the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 205,000 warrants and 146,100 shares of common stock were earned or issued.

2017 Development Services Plan

Under the 2017 Development Services Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to 7,000,000 shares of common stock to third-parties upon the achievement of certain revenue milestones associated with certain developed royalty-bearing products. Future royalty payments for product and/or intellectual property development work may be paid in control of the Company. The actual payout amount will be based on the Company’s market capitalization on the vesting date and the fair-market valueeither cash or restricted shares of the Company’s common stock at the election of the developer, depending on the terms of the agreement. Each common stock issuance is contingent on net sales-based criteria and other provisions, including the satisfaction of applicable laws and market regulations regarding the issuance of restricted shares to such vesting datedevelopers. The Company has entered into Development Services Agreements for development of a wide variety of potential products and will be paid inintellectual property, with the possibility of issuing shares of the Company's common stock. As of December 31, 2021, 0 shares have been issued and the majority of the agreements are not deemed probable of common stock issuance at this time. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation once the achievement of the performance criteria and vesting conditions are deemed probable.

Stock-Based Compensation Costs

The 2005 Plan,compensation cost that has been included in the 2016 Plan and the Inducement Plan are collectively referred toCompany’s consolidated statements of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as the Plans.follows (in thousands):

F-29

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of sales

 

$

737

 

 

$

512

 

Research and development

 

 

4,056

 

 

 

2,114

 

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

31,657

 

 

 

15,033

 

Total

 

$

36,450

 

 

$

17,659

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

Stock Options

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plans and related information is as follows (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split::

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual

term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

1,155

 

 

$

12.17

 

 

 

7.75

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

2,878

 

 

$

2.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(877

)

 

$

7.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

3,156

 

 

$

4.31

 

 

 

8.28

 

 

$

1,841

 

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

 

535

 

 

$

14.05

 

 

 

4.55

 

 

$

45

 

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

 

 

2,776

 

 

$

4.59

 

 

 

8.17

 

 

$

1,573

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual

term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

 

3,951

 

 

$

3.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

85

 

 

 

13.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(569

)

 

 

2.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(116

)

 

 

5.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

 

3,351

 

 

$

3.50

 

 

 

6.03

 

 

$

27,619

 

Options vested and exercisable at

   December 31, 2021

 

 

2,973

 

 

$

3.24

 

 

 

5.86

 

 

$

25,162

 

Options vested and expected to vest at

   December 31, 2021

 

 

3,351

 

 

$

3.50

 

 

 

6.03

 

 

$

27,619

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 was $1.36$9.88 and $4.43 ,$4.71, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $6.8 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options at December 31, 20172021 is based on the Company’s closing stock price on the last business day of 20172021 of $2.66$11.43 per share.

The weighted average assumptions used to compute the stock-based compensation costs for the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.84

%

 

 

1.03

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average expected life (years)

 

 

6.07

 

 

 

6.08

 

Volatility

 

 

87.38

%

 

 

84.00

%

As of December 31, 2017,2021, there was $3.2$1.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense for stock options which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 3.31.40 years.  

F-42


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

The following table summarizes information about the restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted units activity (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split::

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

grant

date fair

value

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

recognition

period

(in years)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

grant

date fair

value

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

recognition

period

(in years)

 

Unvested at December 31, 2016

 

 

1,092

 

 

$

7.48

 

 

 

3.02

 

Unvested at December 31, 2020

 

 

8,216

 

 

$

3.13

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

 

1,517

 

 

$

2.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,980

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(258

)

 

$

5.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,824

)

 

 

3.88

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(351

)

 

$

8.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(669

)

 

 

4.01

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2017

 

 

2,000

 

 

$

3.65

 

 

 

2.78

 

Unvested at December 31, 2021

 

 

8,703

 

 

$

6.34

 

 

 

1.66

 

 

The weighted average fair value per share of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 was $2.96$12.79 and $5.79,$4.87, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $43.9 million and $13.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, there was $4.8$42.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense for restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and performance-based restricted units which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 2.81.66 years.  

F-30


Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical Collaboration AgreementEmployee Stock Purchase Plan

In October 2013,2007 the Company entered intoadopted the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2007 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which was first amended in May 2017. On June 16, 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved a three-year collaboration agreementsecond amendment to the ESPP which increased the amount of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP by 500,000 shares.

The ESPP provides eligible employees with Elite Medical Holdings, LLC and Pac 3 Surgical Products, LLC (the "Collaborators") (the "Collaboration Agreement") to provide consultation services to assista means of acquiring equity in the Company in the development of its products and its products in development.at a discounted purchase price using their own accumulated payroll deductions. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, the Company will gain exclusive rightsESPP, employees can elect to the use of all intellectual property developed by the collaborators. The Company agreed to make three annual payments to the collaborator as sole consideration for services provided, totaling an aggregate ofhave up to $8 million, paid in20% of their annual compensation, up to a maximum of $21,250 per year, withheld to purchase shares of Company common stock of Alphatec Holdings atfor a per sharepurchase price of $23.35, which was equal to the average NASDAQ closing price85% of the common stock on the five days leading up to and including the datelower of signing the Collaboration Agreement. The actual number of shares issued each year will be determined by the fair market value per share (at closing) of the services provided over the prior 12 months.

On November 2, 2015, the Company entered into a first amendment (the "First Amendment") to the Collaboration Agreement. Pursuant to the First Amendment, in exchange for a "lock up" restriction on selling or transferring each tranche of shares issued to the Collaborators and a maximum value cap, as discussed below, the Company has agreed to make a cash payment to the Collaborators in the event that the shares in such tranche do not have a minimum amount of value based on the market value of the Company’s common stock at the end of the lock up period applicable to such tranche of shares. In addition, in the event that at the end of a lock up period the value of a tranche of shares issued to the Collaborators exceeds a certain amount, the Collaborators have agreed to forfeit shares back to the Company, so as to limit the maximum amount of value derived from such shares at the end of a lock up period. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the shares issued to the Collaborators in each of 2014, 2015 and 2016 are subject to a lock up that lasts until the first quarter of 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The valuation of each tranche of shares occurs at the end of the applicable lock up period.

Based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017,(i) the Company has recorded a guaranteed compensation liability of $6.8 million for sharescommencement date of the Company’s common stock previously issued under the Collaboration Agreement, with $2.2 million payable in 2018 and 2019. The amount payable in 2017 is included in accrued expenses and the amounts payable in 2018 and 2019 are presented under other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and represent the cash settlement amounts.  If the Collaborators elect to sell, assign or transfer: (i) more than 20% of the shares issued to the Collaborators prior to the first valuation date;six-month offering period or (ii) any of the Collaborator shares still subject to a lockup after the first valuationrespective purchase date all of the aforementioned restrictions on transfer and valuation minimums and maximums are null and void.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has issued 342,356 shares of its common stock under this agreement and recorded an immaterial amount of expenses and $2.1 million inDuring the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, there were 227,245 and 379,166 shares of common stock, respectively, which is includedpurchased under the ESPP. The Company recognized $1.1 million and $1.0 million in research and development expenses.

As described in more detail in Note 14, the Company and the Collaborators reached an agreement to settle the Collaboration Agreement in February 2018.

Warrants

In December 2011, in connection with the third amendmentexpense related to the Company’s former credit facility with the SiliconValley Bank ("SVB"), finance charges totaling $0.2 million were waived in exchangeESPP for the issuance to SVB of warrants to purchase 7,812 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, can be exercised through a cashless exercise, have an exercise price of $19.20 per shareyears ended December 31, 2021 and have a 10-year term.

As mentioned in Note 8, the Company issued Common Stock Warrants in connection with the private placement financing in March 2017. The warrants have a 5 year term from the issuance date.2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, warrants to purchase 7,763,5822021, 547,170 shares ofwere available under the Company’s common stockESPP for $2.00 per share and warrants to purchase 471,600 shares of the Company’s common stock for $2.50 per share were outstanding.future issuance.

As further described in Note 8, in December 2017 theThe Company issued warrants to Mr. Miles, the Company’s executive chairman, to purchase 1,327,434 shares of the Company’s common stock for $5 per share. The warrants have a five year term. The warrants issued to Mr. Miles were accounted for as share based compensation, andestimates the fair value of shares issued to employees under the warrants of approximately $1.4 million were recognized in full inESPP using the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 because the warrants were immediately vested upon issuance.Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  The following inputs wereassumptions used to estimate the fair value of warrants issued to Mr. Miles: risk free interest rate of 1.9%, volatility of 99.5%, expected term of 2.3 yearsstock options granted and dividend yield of 0%.  stock purchase rights under the ESPP are as follows:

F-31


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.04% - 0.12%

 

 

0.12% - 1.58%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected term (years)

 

 

0.50

 

 

 

0.50

 

Volatility

 

49.98% - 78.37%

 

 

54.96% - 102.5%

 

 

F-43


2017 Distributor Inducement Plan

In December 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan which authorizes the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to issue distributors common stockTable of the Company and/or warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock. The warrants are issued with exercise price as the fair market value on the date of issuance. Each warrant and common stock issuance is subject to vesting provision that is either time based and/or net sales based. As of December 31, 2017, 100,000 warrants and 17,000 shares of common stock were issued under the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan, with 300,000 warrants and 583,000 shares of common stock available to be granted.

In December 2017, the Board of Directors also authorized grant of warrants to purchase 50,000 of the Company’s common stock, and 75,000 restricted stock units to a distributor. These warrants and restricted stock units are subject to time based and net sales based vesting conditions.

None of the outstanding warrants and common stock issuances granted to distributors was vested as of December 31, 2017.

2018 Development Services PlanContents

 In December 2017, the Company adopted the 2018 Development Services Plan which authorizes the Company’s Executive Chairman to issue the Company’s common stock to reward innovative developmental work. Issuance under the 2018 Development Services Plan will be subject to a vesting provision that is either developmental services based or royalty based, or both.  

 As of December 31, 2017, 3,000,000 shares were authorized to be issued under the 2018 Development Services Plan, and none has been issued or vested.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following (in thousands), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split::

 

 

 

December 31, 20172021

 

Stock options outstanding

 

 

3,1563,351

 

Unvested restricted stock awardunits

 

 

2,0008,703

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

411547

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

 

 

2,65929

Senior convertible notes

17,246

 

Warrants outstanding

 

 

9,57020,184

 

Authorized for future grant under the PlansDistributor and

   Development Services plans

 

 

478445

Authorized for future grant under the Management

   Objective Strategic Incentive Plan

365

Authorized for future grant under the Company

   Equity plans

4,025

 

 

 

 

18,27454,895

 

 

10.11. Income Taxes

The components of the pretax income (loss) from continuing operations are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

U.S. Domestic

 

$

(4,536

)

 

$

(29,898

)

 

$

(127,943

)

 

$

(78,849

)

Foreign

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(1,037

)

 

 

(16,219

)

 

 

 

Pretax loss from operations

 

$

(4,574

)

 

$

(30,935

)

Net loss before taxes

 

$

(144,162

)

 

$

(78,849

)

 

F-32


The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes from continuing operations are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current income tax (benefit) provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(102

)

 

$

(8

)

 

$

123

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

101

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

100

 

Foreign

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

35

 

Total current

 

 

2

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

135

 

Deferred income tax benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(4,269

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(2

)

State

 

 

 

 

 

(429

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

12

 

Total deferred

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(4,698

)

 

 

(191

)

 

 

10

 

Total income tax benefit

 

$

(34

)

 

$

(4,634

)

Total income tax provision

 

$

164

 

 

$

145

 

F-44


Table of Contents

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss)loss from continuing operations as a result of the following differences:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Federal statutory rate

 

 

(35.0

)%

 

 

(35.0

)%

 

 

21.00

%

 

 

21.00

%

Adjustments for tax effects of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes, net

 

 

(7.4

)%

 

 

(1.7

)%

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

(0.11

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

16.1

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

(0.48

)

 

 

(0.93

)

Foreign rate differential

 

 

0.43

 

 

 

0.00

 

Foreign taxes

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.04

)

Tax law change

 

 

459.1

%

 

 

 

Fair market value adjustments

 

 

(92.1

)%

 

 

0.4

%

Other permanent adjustments

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

0.08

 

 

 

(1.70

)

Tax rate adjustment

 

 

(19.1

)%

 

 

0.3

%

Uncertain tax positions

 

 

(4.9

)%

 

 

(0.1

)%

Federal uncertain tax positions

 

 

(0.08

)

 

 

0.00

 

Other

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

(0.13

)

 

 

(0.15

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(341.8

)%

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

(20.81

)

 

 

(18.25

)

Effective income tax rate

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

(15.0

)%

 

 

(0.11

)%

 

 

(0.18

)%

 

F-33


Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances and reserves

 

$

259

 

 

$

705

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,808

 

 

 

1,452

 

Inventory reserves

 

 

4,443

 

 

 

7,071

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

35,975

 

 

 

37,444

 

Property and equipment

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

2,730

 

Intangible asset

 

 

2,046

 

 

 

3,291

 

Net operating losses

 

$

131,734

 

 

$

70,220

 

Interest

 

 

11,095

 

 

 

8,193

 

Inventory

 

 

8,784

 

 

 

8,117

 

Accruals and reserves

 

 

7,145

 

 

 

3,437

 

Lease liability

 

 

6,216

 

 

 

228

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,542

 

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

4,318

 

 

 

2,464

 

Legal settlement

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

11,494

 

 

 

1,998

 

 

 

2,875

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,755

 

 

 

3,029

 

Income tax credit carryforwards

 

 

3,326

 

 

 

5,429

 

 

 

1,574

 

 

 

1,582

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

59,284

 

 

 

74,411

 

 

 

172,864

 

 

 

97,116

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(44,389

)

 

 

(58,202

)

 

 

(127,209

)

 

 

(87,489

)

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

14,895

 

 

 

16,209

 

 

 

45,655

 

 

 

9,627

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in foreign partnership

 

 

14,859

 

 

 

16,215

 

Goodwill and intangibles

 

 

(18,439

)

 

 

(2,483

)

Property and equipment

 

 

(18,404

)

 

 

(6,803

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(6,256

)

 

 

(291

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

14,859

 

 

 

16,215

 

 

 

(43,099

)

 

 

(9,577

)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

36

 

 

$

(6

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

2,556

 

 

$

50

 

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years in the associated jurisdiction to which the deferred tax assets relate. As of December 31, 2017,2021, a valuation allowance of $44.4$127.2 million has been established against the net deferred tax assets, as realizationthe Company has determined that it is uncertain.currently not likely that these assets will be realized. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,2021, the valuation allowance decreasedincreased by $13.8 and $5.4 million, respectively.$39.7 million.

F-45


Table of Contents

 

In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. Based on the review of all positive and negative evidence, including a three yearthree-year cumulative pre-taxpretax loss, the Company determined that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against its deferred tax assets.    

In determiningassets, with the needexception of the Company’s Texas Temporary Credit for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positiveBusiness Loss Carryforwards and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. Based on the review of all positive and negative evidence, including a three year cumulative pre-tax loss, the Company determined that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against its deferred tax assets.    

At December 31, 2017, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits of $4.4 million of which $3.7 million will affect the effective tax rate if recognized when the Company no longer has a valuation allowance offsetting its deferred taxassets in certain jurisdictions associated with EOS. There are 0 indefinite lived assets.

The following table summarizes the changes to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year

 

 

9,331

 

 

 

10,359

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the

   current year

 

 

(1,981

)

 

 

153

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute

   of limitations

 

 

(551

)

 

 

(184

)

Reductions as a result of tax rate changes

 

 

(236

)

 

 

 

Reductions as a result of foreign exchange rates and other

 

 

(2,123

)

 

 

(1,054

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

 

$

4,440

 

 

$

9,331

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year

 

$

2,452

 

 

$

2,452

 

Increases in tax positions for current year relating to

   acquisitions

 

 

12,713

 

 

 

0

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

 

$

15,165

 

 

$

2,452

 

F-34


The Company believes it is reasonably possible it will reduce itsAt December 31, 2021 and 2020, $14.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of the Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits, by $0.1if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate.

In accordance with the disclosure requirements as described in ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, the Company classifies uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities unless they are expected to be paid within one year. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2021, there were $0.2 million within the next 12 months.in accrued interest and penalties. There were 0 accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities in major jurisdictions for years prior to 2013.2016. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses and tax credits were generated and carried forward and make adjustments up to the amount of the carryforwards. The Company is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, foreign or state and local tax authorities.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2017, there were no accrued interest and penalties.  During 2017, there was a decrease of $1.2 million in the accrued interest and penalties related to the uncertain tax positions of the Scient’x operations.

At December 31, 2017,2021, the Company had federal, state, and stateforeign net operating loss carryforwards of $120.4$448.8 million, $316.9 million and $85.2$122.4 million, respectively,respectively. Federal and state begin expiring at various dates beginning in 20182022 through 2037.2042, while foreign net operating losses in France carryforward indefinitely. Federal and some state net operating losses generated in years ending after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2017,2021, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $3.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively.$3.2 million. The federalstate research and development tax credits expire at various dates beginning in 2018 through 2037, while the state credits do not expire. As of December 31 2017, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $6.5 million which do not expire.have an expiration date and may be carried forward indefinitely. Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to annual limitations due to ownership change limitations that could occur in the future as provided by Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income.

income if the Company experiences a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year testing period.  The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Act") was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Act reducesCompany completed formal study through the US federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. Atyear ended December 31, 2017,2018 and determined ownership changes within the Company has not completed the accounting for the tax effectsmeaning of enactment of the Act; however, it has made a reasonable estimate of the effects on our existing deferred tax balances. 

IRC Section 382 had occurred. The Company re-measured certainadjusted federal tax attribute carry forwards and deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the tax rate at which they are expected to reverse in the future.  However, theaccordingly. The Company is still analyzing certain aspects of the Act and refining our calculations, which could potentially affect the measurement of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts.  The provisional amount recorded relatedwill make adjustments to the re-measurementfully reserved attributes as further studies are completed.

F-46


Table of our deferred tax balance was $21.0 million, which was fully offset by a decrease in our valuation allowance.Contents

 

The Company recorded a deferred tax benefit for the expected recovery of its minimum tax credits as of December 31, 2017 in the amount of $36 thousand.

Due to uncertainties which currently exist in the interpretation of the provisions of the Act regarding Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), the Company is continuing to evaluate the potential impacts of IRC Section 162(m) as amended by the Act.

The one-time transition tax is based on the total post-1986 earnings and profits ("E&P") previously deferred from US income taxes. In aggregate, the Company has a deficit in post-1986 E&P from its foreign subsidiaries. Therefore, the Company did not provide for US income taxes under the Act related to its foreign operations

11.12. Related Party Transactions

For each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred costs of less than $0.1 million,  respectively, to Foster Management Company and HealthpointCapital, LLC for travel and administrative expenses. John H. Foster, who was one of the Company's directors until March 2, 2016 is a significant equity holder of HealthpointCapital, LLC, an affiliate of HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P. and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., which are the Company’s principal stockholders.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company also had a liability of less than $0.1 million payable to HealthpointCapital, LLC for travel and administrative expenses. There was no outstanding receivable or payable balance with HealhpointCapital as of December 31, 2017.

In July 2016, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P. (collectively, "HealthpointCapital"), pursuant to which HealthpointCapital, on behalf of the Company, paid $1.0 million of the $1.1 million payment due and payable by the Company to Orthotec on July 1, 2016 and agreed

F-35


to not exercise its contractual rights to seek an immediate repayment of such amount. Pursuant to this forbearance agreement, the Company repaid this amount in September 2016.  The Company and HealthpointCapital also entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5$5.0 million to the $49$49.0 million Orthotec settlement amount.In October 2020, HealthpointCapital made its first quarterly $1.0 million payment. During the year ended December 31, 2021, HealthpointCapital made the remaining $4.0 million payments. As of December 31, 2021, there were 0 contributions due from HealthpointCapital.

Certain ofIn November 2018, the Company’s board of directors and senior management participated in the March 2017 Private Placement (Note 8).

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreementsthe Term Loan and Inventory Financing Agreement with certain affiliates of its directors, which are named defendants in the Orthotec litigation matter in New York (See Note 7)Squadron Capital, LLC (“Squadron”), including an inventory supplier (the” Squadron Supplier Affiliate”). The indemnification agreements requireTerm Loan was amended in March 2019, May 2020, and December 2020.  On August 10, 2021, the Company to indemnify these individuals toterminated and repaid all obligations under the fullest extent permitted by applicable lawTerm Loan and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any proceeding against them with respect to which they may be entitled to indemnification by the Company.Inventory Financing Agreement. See Note 6 for further details regarding the Term Loan and Inventory Financing Agreement. For the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, the Company paid less than $0.1purchased inventory in the amounts of $7.7 million in each year in connection withand $4.0 million, respectively, from the indemnification obligationsSquadron Supplier Affiliate. As of Scient’xDecember 31, 2021 and Surgiview, all of which was related2020, the company had $0.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, due to the Orthotec matter. (See Note 7).  Squadron Supplier Affiliate. Squadron was a lead investor in the Private Placement that was closed on March 1, 2021. David Pelizzon, President and Director of Squadron, currently serves on the Company’s Board of Directors.  

12. Retirement Plan13. Business Segment and Geographic Information

The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifiesoperates in 1 segment based upon the Company’s organizational structure, the way in which the operations and investments are managed and evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) as well as the lack of available discrete financial information at a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) oflevel lower than the Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings, upconsolidated level. The Company shares common, centralized support functions which report directly to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally,CODM and decision-making regarding the Company’s overall operating performance and allocation of Company may elect to make matching contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion of up to 4% of each individual’s compensation. Matching contributions vest after one year of service. The Company’s total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

13. Restructuring Activities

In connection with the Globus Transaction (described in Note 4), in 2016, the Company terminated employment agreements with several executive officers, including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, and commenced an employee headcount reduction program.  The Company had additional headcount reductions in February 2017, and recorded restructuring expenses of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, related to severance liability and post-employment benefits. A rollforward of the accrued restructuring liabilityresources is presented below (in thousands):assessed on a consolidated basis.

 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

 

$

1,328

 

Accrued restructuring charges

 

 

2,206

 

Payments

 

 

(3,014

)

Balances as of December 31, 2017

 

$

520

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

United States

 

$

223,911

 

 

$

141,079

 

 

$

85,320

 

 

$

36,670

 

International

 

 

19,301

 

 

 

3,782

 

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

243,212

 

 

$

144,861

 

 

$

87,401

 

 

$

36,670

 

All activities and costs are expected to be completed during 2018.

The Company recorded restructuring expenses related to severance and post-employment benefits of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, related to its U.S. workforce reduction in connection with the Globus Transaction.

On July 6, 2015, the Company announced a restructuring of its manufacturing operations in California in an effort to improve its cost structure. The restructuring included a reduction in workforce and closing the California manufacturing facility. The Company incurred termination benefits, accelerated depreciation, facility closing and other restructuring costs of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

14. Subsequent Event

Acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc.

On March 9, 2018, the Company announced its acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc. (“SafeOp”). Under the term of the definitive merger agreement, the Company paid $15 million in cash, agreed to issued 3,265,132 shares of common stock, issued $3 million of convertible note that are convertible into 931,667 shares of common stock and issued warrants to purchase 2.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  An additional 1,330,263 shares of common stock are issuable upon achievement of post-closing milestones.  

F-36


Private Placement

On March 8, 2018, the Company completed a $39.7 million first close of a $45.2 million private placement of its securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors and executive officers of the Company.  The second close of the private placement is expected to occur within five business days.  The private placement was led by L-5 Healthcare Partners, an institutional investor, and provides for the sale by the Company of approximately 14.3 shares of newly created Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which are automatically convertible into approximately14.3 million  shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), upon approval by Alphatec’s stockholders, as required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Purchasers also received warrants to purchase up to approximately 12.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  In addition, the Company entered into an agreement with Armistice Capital, an existing investor, to exercise 2.4 million warrants to purchase common shares for gross proceeds of $4.8 million in exchange for warrants to purchase up to 1,800,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  The new warrants will be exercisable following approval by Alphatec stockholders, and will expire five years from the date of such stockholder approval.  Certain directors and executive officers of Alphatec agreed to purchase an aggregate of $6.4 million of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible into approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock (representing a purchase price of $3.15 per common share), and warrants to purchase up to 1.7 million shares of common stock at a price of $3.50 per share.  The Company paid$15 million of the net proceeds from the private placement fund the cash purchase price for SafeOp, and will use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes, including the integration of next-generation neuromonitoring solutions, advancement of its product pipeline, and investment in sales and marketing to expand our market presence.

Termination and Settlement of Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical Collaboration AgreementEvents

In February 2018,2022, the Company reached a settlement agreement with Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical, pursuantextended the maturity for its outstanding PGE loans from 2022 to which2027. See Note 6 for further details regarding the Company made a cash payment of $0.4 million as the final and total compensation under the Collaboration and related Amendment.  In addition, the parties agreed to release each other and waive any and all rights and claims arising from the Collaboration Agreement.  The Company expects to record a gain of approximately $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, reflecting the reversal of accrued obligations previously recorded under the Collaboration.  PGE loans.

Amendments to Credit AgreementsF-47

On March 8, 2018, we entered into we entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap Funding IV, LLC and a Second Amendment to the Globus Facility Agreement to extend the date that the financial covenants of the respective agreements are effective from April 2018 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million through March 31, 2019.

Patent Infringement Lawsuit

On February 13, 2018, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certain of our products (including components of the Squadron™ Lateral Retractor, the Battalion™ Lateral Spacer and other components of the Battalion™ Lateral System), infringe, or contribute to the infringement of, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,819,801, 8,355,780, 8,439,832, 8,753,270, 9,833,227 (entitled “Surgical access system and related methods”), U.S. Patent No. 8,361,156 (entitled “Systems and methods for spinal fusion”), and U.S. Design Patent Nos. D652,519 (“Dilator”) and D750,252 (“Intervertebral implant”) (collectively, the “NuVasive Patents”).  NuVasive is seeking unspecified monetary damages and a court injunction against future infringement by us.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter, beginning by answering the complaint, denying the allegations and filing counterclaims seeking dismissal of NuVasive’s complaint and a declaration that we have not infringed and currently do not infringe any valid claim of the NuVasive Patents.  In addition, we may also seek the following relief: (i) a declaration that the NuVasive Patents are invalid; (ii) a permanent injunction against NuVasive charging that we have infringed or are infringing the NuVasive Patents; and (iii) costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The case is in the very early stages of proceedings, with an order establishing a schedule for the case expected within the next few months.  As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the probability of an outcome cannot be reasonably determined, nor can the Company reasonably estimate a potential loss; therefore, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 450, Contingencies, the Company has not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

F-37